c6501

bizhub PRO C6501 - ALL ACTIVE SOLUTIONSMarch 2010

Copyright 2010, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Legal Notice

This document is designed as a diagnostic tool, primarily for Konica Minolta's support personnel, and authorizedservice representatives. Konica Minolta recommends that all service be performed by an authorized servicerepresentative. Users are responsible for seeking advice of a Konica Minolta authorized service representativeregarding the information, opinion, advice or content of this document.

USER AGREES THAT USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS AT USER'S SOLE RISK AND THAT THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDEDON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF TITLE OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE, OTHER THAN THOSE WARRANTIES THAT ARE IMPLIED BY LAW AND INCAPABLE OFEXCLUSION. IN NO EVENT WILL KONICA MINOLTA OR THOSE ACTING ON ITS BEHALF BE LIABLE FOR ANYDAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL ORPUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT.

This document contains information that was exported directly from Konica Minolta's SSDSupport knowledge base. Some solutions may contain hyperlink references which originallycontained links to graphic or text files. If you wish to view these files, you must access thesolutions via SSD CS Expert Support on Konica Minolta's website, www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us.

SSD SUPPORT SOLUTIONS

bizhub PRO C6501 Abnormal noise or odor

Solution ID Solution UsageTAUS1000349EN*

DescriptionLoud noise, banging, chattering coming from the FD-503 post inserter.

Solution CAUSE: Post inserterUp DownTray (p/n 15AG 4038 0) is malformed or bent. SOLUTION: Check for proper operation of the lift tray. Check that Limit sensor (PS43) at rear of the unit is being actuated when tray is at rest. Check for abroken Up Down gear (p/n 15AG 7701 0) and/or any bent parts including the screw (p/n V121 0410 03)which attaches the hold lever (p/n 15AG 4081 0) to theUp Down shaft (p/n 15AG 4082 0). Note : Please see attached pages from the FD-503 Parts Guide Manual. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD

2

Copyright , Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. March 2010

bizhub PRO C6501 Breakage, damage, malformed, removed part

Solution ID 2 Solution UsageTAUS0802257EN*

DescriptionSD-501, C-7777 (C7777)code.

Solution When bundle press cable is unwrapped CAUSE:The left and/or right sway springs (p/n 15AN 5029 1E - left and p/n 15AN 5030 1E - right) have failed. SOLUTION: Replace the damaged spring(s) andrewrap the bundle press cables. The Bundle Press will need to be removed for service. Documentation forBundle press removal and Bundle Press Wire installationis attached. Note :To view the attached documents, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free fromMicrosoft® at the following URL;http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . When making booklets CAUSE: Failed drive motor (p/n 15AN 7718 0) and drive gear (p/n 129U 8004 2). SOLUTION: Replace drive motor and gear. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-2220 (C2220) error code.

Solution CAUSE: Transfer belt coupler has broken off. Transfer belt drive motor (M18) spins true in I/O mode 41-14. Transfer belt and secondary transfer roller turnOK manually. SOLUTION: Replace transfer driving roller assembly (p/n A03U R733 00).Also, replace intermediate transfer assembly (p/n A03U R7A1 00) if needed. Note : See attached document for parts reference. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free fromthe Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501 Bundle Press motor (M23) replacement procedure.

Solution The attached documents provide detailed instruction on replacing the bundle press motor (p/n 120H 8001 2). IMPORTANT : The bundle press will need to be removed to perform this procedure. Documentation is attached for this procedure as well. Note :To view the attached documents, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free fromMicrosoft® at the following URL;http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501, after the Trimmer frame reinforcement kit was installed, over a period of time, the paper adjustment unit roller guidesbecomedamaged.

Solution CAUSE: By applying the countermeasure against the frame damage, load added during trimming operation is concentrated on the roller guides, causingfatigue breakage. Roller Guide position Countermeasure parts (t = 3.2mm)

3


bizhub PRO C6501 Breakage, damage, malformed, removed part

SOLUTION: The roller guide plate thickness is increased from t = 2.0mm to t = 3.2mm. Countermeasure parts will be provided. Please install the countermeasure parts on the next service visit of each machine andrefer to the attachedreplacement procedure. To view thedocument, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained freefrom Microsoft® at the following URL;http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . TheSD-501 units that require this roller guide modification. Units that have been installed with the frame breakage countermeasure parts SD-501 frame breakage countermeasure production units* Serial number cut-in: 15AQ02421 , 15AQ02423 through 15AQ02703 (282 units)*Yellow sticker is attached before the Lot No. of the paper adjustment unit Notes : 1.The paper adjusting units that are currently shipped as spareparts havethe frame reinforcement and roller guide breakage prevention measures applied. 2. Countermeasure applied in production and identification mark begin withserial number 15AQ03109. SD-501 outer box -Black sticker is attached on the S/No label. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)


DescriptionThe Trimmer frame may break under certain conditions. This is most likely to occur when a large amount of trimming is done AND the number of sheets to betrimmed is relatively small (less than 40 sheets or so).

Solution CAUSE: When a small number of sheets are trimmed, the bundle press pressure can exceed the design value, creating a heavier-than-expected stress onthe frame. When this happens repeatedly, metal fatigue occurs, resulting in fractured frame parts. SOLUTION: The thickness of the frame metal was changed during production, resulting in greater inherent strength, and a spring was added to reduce thebundle press pressure when trimming a small number of sheets. A reinforcement kit is available to strengthen earlier trimmers by adding the spring andbracing the frame. Please see attached Bulletin Number 6361 for more details and installation instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must beinstalled. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .

4


bizhub PRO C6501 Controller - no or slow print, scan failure, garbled data, lockup


Description Unable to scan to E-mail using a Microsoft® Exchange Server 2007.

Solution CAUSE:The Microsoft® Exchange Server is not set up correctly. SOLUTION:Please use the attached settings to set up scan to E-mail on the Microsoft® Exchange Server 2007. To viewthe PDF, you may need to downloada free copy of Adobe Reader®. CAUTION : The following instructions to create an Anonymous SMTP Receive Connector are not to be attempted by a technician. They are provided onlyfor use by an experienced Microsoft Exchange 2007 Administrator, as failure to follow these instructions in any way may have a detrimental effect on E-mailflow in Exchange 2007. The instructions provided have been tested numerous times and are known to work. They are currently in production use in-house atKonica Minolta and several customer environments. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byIan Lynch/Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD and Jim DiSarro/Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD


Description When printing a calibration page from ColorWise™ Pro tools or the MFP LCD, the page does not print. There is nomessage on the printer orcontroller thatindicates the job was sent.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. There is a mismatch between the default paper media settings on the IC-303 and the paper drawer settings on the engine. The IC-303 ships with default paper settings of Plain, White, 64-74. If the paper drawer of theengine is not set to these same settings, the job will not printuntil the drawer is configured to match these settings. There will not be an indication on the IC-303 panel and the job will also not show up in the job list on theengine. The only place that the problem can be observed from is Command WorkStation™. To have all jobs print, based on the drawer settings by default, enter the IC-303 "Launch Configure" through a web browser and edit the PS settings for papertype "PDL => PS". Paper weight should be set to "Printers Default". Note :When printing an IC-303configuration page, the paper weight will show as "0" for this setting. 2. Incorrect DipSW setting. Verify that DipSW 24-2 is set to "0". SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description When printing multiple print jobs, jobs will back up in the machines queue causing the machine to print slow or lock up.

Solution When the machine is printing multiple print jobs, the machine will cycle between print jobs. This causes the machine to slow down and if the queue fills upenough, it could lock up the machine. The reason the machine cycles between print jobs is because the machine is checking which printer language (PCL or PS) the next print job is using. To stopthis from happening, you have to tell the machine which PDL to use.To accomplish this, please perform the following: 1. Utility 2. User Settings 3. Printer Settings 4. Basic Settings 5. PDL Settings 6. Choose PS or PCL, depending on what driver is being used. For the Bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362 follow these steps. 1. Utility 2. Printer Settings 3. PDL Set Note: All computers that are printing to this machine will have to use the same printerlanguage as what the machine has defaulted to (PCL or PS).

5



SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Randy Marquardt, Workgroup/SSD


Description Main body is locking up after performing any scanning functions. E-mail FTP SMB

Solution CAUSE:It has been determined thatthe IC-408 Fiery® patch 1-15RA85is causing this issue.This patch may have been installed during arecent Fiery® autoupdate.EFI has removed this patch from its auto update servers as of 3/3/2010, so this issue should not occur via auto updates after this date. Note : IC-303 & IC-305 are not affected by this. SOLUTION:Print a Fiery® configuration page and check the installed patch list. If patch 1-15RA85 is listed then IC-408 Fiery® system software needs to bereloaded. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


Description Printing appears to be very slow and the controller has high disk and CPU activity.

Solution CAUSE: Secure Eraseis enabled. SOLUTION: Secure Erase is enabled insetup under Server => Jobs. If enabled, it will securely erase all print jobs by rewriting over the data 3 times. Thisrequires constant disk access and CPU utilization and will significantly slow down the printing capabilities of the controller. Secure Erase is required in government or other environments that handle sensitive orconfidential material. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to scan to E-Mail.

Solution CAUSE: E-Mail function is prohibited. SOLUTION: To enable E-Mail, perform the following: 1. Select Utility\Counter. 2. Select Machine Admin. Setting. 3. Select System Setting. 4. Select Operation Prohibit Set. 5. Select Scanner Prohibit Setting. 6. Select Permission next to the E-Mail tab. 7. Exit the Administrator mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to print. A ‘Please Confirm Authentication Setting of Administrator Setting or Controller’ error message is displayed on the operation panel’.

6



Solution CAUSE: ‘Allow printing from’ is set to Authorized Users on the Fiery®. SOLUTION: Set ‘Allow printing from’ to All Users. To set ‘Allow printing from’ to All Users perform the following: 1. Browse into the Fiery®. 2. Launch Fiery® configure. 3. Check the Allow users to print without authentication check box. 4. Reboot the Fiery® for the setting to take effect. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description When installing system code on an IC-303, the controller is booted from the system DVD, but nothing appears to install and the front LCD panel just displaysthe Fiery® logo.

Solution CAUSE: The FACI option is enabled on the IC-303. SOLUTION: If the FACI option is enable on the IC-303, it is assumed that a monitor, keyboard and mouse is also connected. The FACI option disables thefront panel messages that would normally be displayed as part of setup and displays them on the external monitor. The monitor, keyboard and mouse arerequired items to install and reinstall system code on a FACI-enabled IC-303. Without these items being attached, no response can be made to theinstallation program. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionThe 1-V80PE patch does not work properly for the Fiery® IC-408 v1.0a.Itdoes not show up on the Fiery® Configuration Page and does not allow anyadditional patches to be installed.

Solution CAUSE: Updated patch required. SOLUTION: The original patch has been removed from the KMBS SSD Download Selector andanother version of 1-V80PE is available. To verify betweenold and new,check the file properties: Right-click => Properties; the file size of the bad patch is 1.51MB ( 1,585,202 bytes ) and the file size of thegood patch is 1.51MB ( 1,590,397 bytes ). Note : There are currently 5 patches available for the IC-408 v1.0a code (see attached list). Patch 1-V80PE and 1-VA0ZQ are the same; 1-V80PE is for thebizhub PRO C6500 and 1-VA0ZQ is for the bizhub PRO C5500. Please be sure to read the release notes carefully as the install process does vary betweenpatches. Also, attached is a configuration page fromthe SSD/ESSIC-408 installed on a bizhub PRO C6500, the first 4 patches were manually installed and all the restare from performing the system updates. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description Unable to Z-fold and staple mixed media document (8.5x11and 11x17 or 8.5x11Sand 8.5x14). Error message "It is not possible to staple because of finisherlimitation"is displayed in Command WorkStation™.

Solution CAUSE: Printing limitation with the IC-303/IC-305 print controllers. SOLUTION: New system code (version 2.0) isavailable for the IC-303/IC-305 that allows Z-fold and staplingof mixed media print documents. Notes : 1. System code v2.0 is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. a. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com . b. Select the "Service"tab locatedat the top of the page. c. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link locatedto the left. d. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page. e. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link locatedto the left. f. Select Color Products => IC-303 or IC-305 => System Code. 2. Be sure toapply any 2.0 patches that arepostedfor the 2.0 system code. 3. System code version 2.0 may be ordered from the parts department, (p/n45076554) if it cannot be downloaded. 4.Refer to the attached documentation. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe®web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .

7



5. Complete documentation for system code 2.0 is available from the following URL: http://services.efi.com/support/vfigs/9471201048/matrix.asp?pc=7330367028 Very Important Be sure to install the following system code 2.0 patches in this order for this correction to take full effect: 1-YQYRA 1-10W65X 1-113ZEQ SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/BSE


DescriptionUnable to scan; Scan button is "grayed out".

Solution CAUSE: Scanner function is prohibited. SOLUTION: To enable, perform the following: 1. Select Utility\Counter. 2. Select [03] Machine Admin. Setting. 3. Select [01] System Setting. 4. Select [04] Operation Prohibit Set. 5. Select [03] Scanner Prohibit Setting. 6. Select Permission: E-mail Permission or Prohibit FTP Permission or Prohibit HDD Permission or Prohibit SMB Permission or Prohibit Queue Permission orProhibit Manual Input Permission or Prohibit. 7. Click OK. 8. Exit the Administrator mode. Note : Permission = Allow and Prohibit = Not Allow. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description Scan address will not clear after the scan is complete.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect DipSW setting (DipSW 15-6 = 0). SOLUTION: To change the dipswitch setting: 1. Enter Service mode. 2.Select System Setting. 3.Select Software DS Setting. 4.Set DipSW 15-6 = 1 (ON). 5.Exit Service mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description When installing a new IC-303, nothing can be setup from the front panel of the controller. Howis the controller configured?

Solution The IC-303 is configured using 2 different methods. 1. After the controller has initialized completely and is connected to the MFP, a controller button will be available under the Machine settings on theMFP LCDpanel. This button will allow basic funtions to be configured under setup. Server Name, system Date/Time, TCP/IP settings, Ethernet speed, enabling RemoteDesktop and Enabling web services are the basic functions that can be configured. Ensure that Web services are enabled as the remainder of the configuration will have to be done from the web-based configure utility. 2. After a TCP/IP address has been configured and Web services are enabled, launch configure from a Web browser and configure the remaining settings onthe IC-303. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

8




DescriptionUnable to scan to FTP.

Solution CAUSE: FTP function is prohibited. SOLUTION: To enable FTP, perform the following: 1. Select Utility\Counter. 2. Select Machine Admin. Setting. 3. Select System Setting. 4. Select Operation Prohibit Set. 5. Select Scanner Prohibit Setting. 6. Select Permission next to the FTP tab. 7. Exit the Administrator mode. Note : Make sure that FTP is enabled on the Fiery® controller. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez/Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionQuick Cal/Color Cal option is not shown. Only one calibration type is listed.

Solution CAUSE: Desired calibration device is not set. SOLUTION: From CREO© interface select File=> Preferences=> Calibration Device=> Select Desired Calibration type. Off-the-glass = Color CalDevice Tool = Densitometer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCannot print when using 64-bit Microsoft® Windows Vista™ and IC-303 running firmware version 1.01.

Solution CAUSE: Microsoft® Windows Vista™ driver incompatibility with older Fiery® system software. SOLUTION: Update Fiery® system software to version 2.0 or above. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica MinoltaDownload Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Rabindranauth Ramkumar, KMBS/Tampa, FL


Description"Can't use this function in the current authentication mode" message when you try to log in through the engine NIC via a web browser and enter MachineManager Setting => Account Track Setting.

Solution CAUSE: Account Authentication or Account Name Input is turned OFF on the engine. (Account Track and User Authentication) SOLUTION: Turn ON Account Authentication or Account Name Input. (There is no need to Turn the engine OFF when this feature is enabled) Note : Please see attachment for message. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD

9




DescriptionPrint jobs failing to process when selecting 8.5x11R size paper with image quality set to High. Job prints normally when 8.5x11 paper is selected.

Solution CAUSE: Print controller version 2.0 software bug. SOLUTION: Load the version 2.0 Service Pack 1 (SP1) using the installation procedure in the attached Release Notes. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader®must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note : Service Pack 1 (SP1) is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) byclicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


Description How to scale if Acrobat Reader does not function.

Solution If the scaling function of Acrobat Reader is set to a percentage, but the actual output does not reflect the change, make the change in the driver itself. To dothat, follow these steps. 1.Select File -> Print 2. Select the Fiery PRO80 65-55C-KM driver 3. Select Properties -> Layout -> Scale (set the amount to scale or select fit to page) 4. Select OK 5. Press OK to print SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS


Description Fiery® IC-305displays "check copier power and cable connections" on the LCD panel.

Solution CAUSE:The Fiery® interface card has become dislodged fromthe PCIslot. SOLUTION:Power off the Fiery IC-305 and reseat the interface board.Power on the controller. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Stephen Schmelcke, Workgroup/SSD


Description When you try to import a large PDF file to the IC-304 print controller (version 2.1), the file is not imported, and in the Message Viewer window, the followingmessage is indicated: Import PDF failed because the file is corrupted .

Solution CAUSE: System code anomaly. SOLUTION: CREO© has released a patch, Import_PDF_ Patch , to resolve this issue. Install the attached patch following the attached Import PDF Patchinstructions. IMPORTANT : The patch is intended to be installed in conjunction with system code versions 2.1 and 2.1JP only. Notes : 1. To open the ZIP file WinZip® should be installed. WinZip® can be downloaded from the WinZip® website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The filecan either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. 2. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

10


bizhub PRO C6501 Dirty image - Spots, banding, streaks, smudged or background


DescriptionStreaks and/or lines on copies, possibly accompanied by an abnormalnoise.

Solution CAUSE: Drum cleaning blade has "flipped". SOLUTION: Depending upon the installed Drum Unit there are different recommendations: If using a DU-102 Drum Unit please install the cleaning blade (p/n65AA 2003 1)and2 cleaning blade holders (p/n 65AA 2012 0) from the 8050/bizhub PROC500. The 8050/bizhub PRO C500 cleaning blade should be trimmed on the corners before installation. If using a DU-102B Drum Unit please install the cleaning blade (p/n65AA 2003 1)and2 cleaning blade holders (p/n 65AA 2012 0) from the 8050/bizhub PROC500. The 8050/bizhub PRO C500 cleaning blade should NOT be trimmed on the corners before installation. If using the new Green Dot Drum Unit no modifications are required. Please see the attached documents and Bulletin Number 6833for instructions.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE


DescriptionBanding in half tones in the lead-to-trail direction on all copies, prints and test charts.

Solution CAUSE: Changing machine conditions. SOLUTION: Adjust AC Dev Bias in the negative direction for the affected color(s). To adjust AC dev bias, perform the following: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Select [PROCESS ADJUSTMENT]. 3. Select [PROCESS FINE ADJUSTMENT]. 4. Select [DEVELOP AC BIAS FINE ADJ]. 5. Set the affected color(s) to the desired setting. The range is +5 to -5. The default setting is 0. 6. Exit Service mode. Automatic Gamma will automatically run when the Service mode is exited. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionDark bandin the main scan (front-to-rear) direction at the lead edge.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect separation setting. Note : Please refer to attached sample of dark band. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free fromthe Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SOLUTION: Adjust theDC separationsetting: 1. Set Dip-SW 1-0 to 1.2. Select Paper setting => Change => Process Adj. => Separation DC (Front) and (Back).3. Change the Separation DC settings from -20 to -30.4. Please check the dark band level. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD and Mark D'Attilio/Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLines on all color copies/prints in the sub-scan direction.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES:

11



1. Failed or damaged transfer belt. A modified Transfer Belt Plate (Intermediate Transfer Assembly Kit - p/n A03U R7A4 00) is available to prevent the scratching of the rear side of the transferbelt on bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P. Please seeattached Bulletin Number 6187 for details. 2. Failed charge corona. Note : Please reference attached "Lines" document tosee the image quality. To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Replace the charge corona (bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P - p/n A03U R703 00 and bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C65hc - p/n A0U0 R712 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS;Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD andDave Mohring, NW Office Technologies,Inc.


DescriptionDouble image when copying or printing and the machine is misting one or more toners from the drum area.

Solution CAUSE: Rear locking screws for the drum cleaner blade were not removed during machine setup or drum unit replacement of one or more units.

SOLUTION: Ensure that the front and rear locking screws for the drum cleaner blade are removed during machine setup. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionBanding from front-to-rear (in many cases, mostly cyan). The banding (lines/vertical bands) may also be considered as being in the main scan direction.

Solution CAUSE: Scratched(worn) drum(s), failingcoronasand/orover-charged developer. A PM is required. SOLUTION: Perform a 100K PM and 200K PM. Replace all drums and developers. Replace the Charging Corona Assembly. The bizhub PRO C6500 series 100K PM kit (Item #DC65PM100) is for the bizhub PRO C6500, C6500P and C5500 ONLY. The bizhub PRO C6501 series 100K PM kit (Item #DC651PM100) is for the bizhub PRO C6501, C6501P and C5501 ONLY. Item numbers for 200K PM kits are as follows: Item #DC65PM200 - Includes all 200K PM Parts (no developers or drums)Item #DC65X001 (Kit A) - Includes all 200K PM parts plus developers (1 each)Item #DC65X002 (Kit B) - Includes all 200K PM Parts plus developers (1 each) and four (4) drums. The PM schedule for the bizhub PRO C6500 is every 200K and the PM schedule for the bizhub PRO C5500 is every 150K. Note : Please see the attached sample of the banding andattachments concerning PM Kit contents. To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . To view theExcel document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft® atthe following URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionRandom lines appear at the edges of scanned documents.

Solution CAUSE:IC-304/Plus system code needs to be updated. SOLUTION:Update the system code to 2.1 and install the "Scan Lines" patch. NOTE: The system code and patchare available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector:1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com .

12



2. Select the "Service" tab located at the top of the page.3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located to the left.4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located to the left.6. Select a Product Group and then a Product (model). A File Type and OS are optional selections.7. Click on ? Show.8. All product-related downloads are listed with the most current at the top of each category. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS


DescriptionStreaking on copies and prints.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Fixing paper exit roller pressure is too high. The bizhub PRO C6500 series has added a customer adjustment lever to the fuser exit plate to release pressure on the exit rollers, allowing the print to coolwith less pressure on the image.Slide the lever to the front to remove the pressure and to the rear for small size copies or prints. 2. Worn Lower roller ball bearings and insulating sleeves arecausing fuser to run slow. Replace Lower roller bearings (p/n 26NA 5371 2) and insulating sleeves (p/n A03U 7227 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD and Case Bratten, KMBS/Minneapolis, MN


DescriptionIdentifying a repeated mark on copies/prints.

Solution Failed or "dirty" mechanical part which may needcleaning or replacing. Approximately 251mm pitch: Damageto the fusing belt Approximately 188mm pitch: Damageto the drum surface Approximately 95mm pitch: Soiled second transfer roller Approximately 94mm pitch: Developer conveyance failure Note : As a reference, the inch conversion is: 251mm = 9.88 inches188 mm = 7.40 inches95mm = 3.74 inches 94 mm = 3.70 inches SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch/Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhite spots with tailing.

Solution CAUSE: The transfer belt separation claw is contacting the transfer belt due to a worn actuator pin on the separation claw assembly. SOLUTION: Replace the separation claw assembly (p/n 65AA -284 0). Review the attached samples for more detail on symptom and worn part. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution provided by John Day, Network Imaging Integrator, Hughes-Calihan Konica Minolta, Inc.


DescriptionFront-to-rear lines, very close together, on one color.

Solution CAUSE: The plate that the developing unit slides onto has become loose and it is rubbing on the drum.

13



SOLUTION: Tighten\repair the plate that the developing unit slides onto. Replace the drum if damaged. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionScuff marks on trail edge of copies.

Solution CAUSE:Paper isbrushing the upper fuser guide. SOLUTION:Check lowerfuser roll insulating sleeves.If they are worn or broken the lower roller will not function as designed.The sleeves must be replaced(p/n A03U 7227 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


Description Lines in sub scan (lead-to-trail) direction.

Solution CAUSE:Worn lower fuser roll bearings and sleeves which causepaper to curl upward in the fuserentrance and contact the guide. SOLUTION: Replace the bearings (p/n 26NA 5371 2) and i nsulating sleeves (p/n A03U 7227 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Case Bratten, KMBS/Minneapolis

14


bizhub PRO C6501 Other image quality failure


DescriptionRU-503/RU-504, when printing on 200g/m2 or more thick paper, the "scratches" appear on the solid part of the image.

Solution CAUSE: At the paper path of finishing options, including RU, the thick paper contacts with the steel plate or gate. As the result, fine "scratches" appearin theface-down direction. SOLUTION: On the steel plate of RU, attach PET sheets to reduce the contact area between paper and paper path so that scratch is reduced. However, this solution is effective only for the face-up exit and not effective for the face-down exit or duplex printing. Also, this solution is effective against the"scratches" caused by the RU but not effective for the "scratches" generated by lower stream option. Note : This countermeasure is to beapplied only to the machines experiencing the problem. Please refer attached files for detailed procedure. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).


DescriptionError when performing the Scanner Smooth Tone Adjustment.

Solution CAUSE:This adjustment is not available in the field. SOLUTION: This adjustment is only used in manufacturing for initial set-up. If any parts in the scanner section are replaced and the copy quality is notacceptable, performAdj. Data Reset. This will set the default data to a factory average.No further adjustment will be needed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS

15


bizhub PRO C6501 Image blank or solid color


DescriptionIndentations are being seen on 12x18 or 13x19 paper at the 11-inch mark after running mostly 8.5x11 paper.

Solution CAUSE:These marks are caused by wear on the fuser belt. It occurs when most of the paper printed is 11" followed by changing to larger paper. SOLUTION: A conversion kit is available to enable customers in production print environments to exchange the fusing unit without the need for a technician.This kit will allow the fusing unit to be removed by the end user and swapped with another.Please see attached Bulletin Number 6756 for additional details. Toviewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : The only version of the CRU waiver form which is acceptable is the one which is attached to the bulletin. The technician should order the fuser kit and thenwork with the customer to have the waiver form filled out. The order number should be included in the appropriate space on the waiver form. The completedform should then be attached to the ticket. The ticket should then be transferred to ESS who will coordinate the release of the kit with the Parts department. No fusing unit modification kits will be shipped until ESS has received the signed CRU waiverform. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BES


DescriptionEvenly spaced yellow, magenta, cyan, or black lines from lead-to-trail after setup.

Solution CAUSE: The time, date, and telephone numbers have not been programmed.

SOLUTION: To program the time, date, and phone numbers: bizhub PRO C500/CF5001/8050 1. Press the Help key.2. Select [Key operator mode].3. Select [1. System initial setting].4. Select [1. Date & Time setting].5. Enter the date and time pressing [Set] after each entry to scroll to the next number entry position.6. After all numbers have been entered, select [Set], [Previous Screen], [Previous Screen] to return to the normal operations screen.7. Enter the 25 mode (power ON the sub power switch while pressing the 2 and 5 keys).8. Select [12. Setting date input].9. Input the proper date. Note: The date must be entered again even if the current displayed date is correct. The machine will cycle through the date, month,and year each time the numbers are entered.10. Select [OK] after each number entry.11. Select [7. Telephone number setting menu].12. Select [Service center Telephone number (16 digit)].13. Input up to 16 numbers. Note: A number must be entered.14. Select [Service center FAX number (16 digit)].15. Input up to 16 digits. Note : A number must be entered. 16. Select [OK].17. Power the sub switch OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500/C6501/C6501P/C5501/C65hc/LD6500 Follow the setup instructions that come with the machine (Installation Manuals are attached)and do not powerOFF the machine until everything has beenentered. Refer tomanuals for: Time and Date setting Setup Date Input Telephone number setting Notes : 1.To viewthe zipped PDFs, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. To open the ZIP file, WinZip®should be installed. WinZip® can be downloaded from the WinZip® website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The filecan either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run the contents. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


16



DescriptionA "halo" or "blasting" around black text, most noticeable toward the front or rear edge.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect settings. Please perform the following: Select: a. Utility=> Machine Admin=> System Setting=> Expert Adjustment=> Process Adjustment. b.Toner Quantity=> Black. Change the setting to -1 and recheck the image. If needed, change the setting to -2 and so on, rechecking the image aftereach change. Note :This adjustment can affect the max density of the image so do not set the value unnecessarily low. Select: a. Service Mode=> Process Adjustment=> Process Fine Adjustment=> Covered Margin. b. K (Black). Change the value to+2 (increase if necessary). 2. FailedWrite Unit. ReplaceWrite Unit (Black write unit- p/n A0U0 R707 00 andColor write unit- p/n A0U0 R708 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501, dust mark appears on bundles of paper output in the Trimming mode.

Solution CAUSE: Dus t accumulation not dropping from the Trimming board. SOLUTION: I nstallthe following partsby adhering tothe attached installation procedure. PART NUMBER ITEM 15AQ-5800 Paddle unit 15AQ-5810 Guide sheet/3 Assembly15AQN19200 DC relay wiring/K15AQN19300 DC relay wiring/L Notes :1. If trimming dust does not drop properly after installation of the paddle unit, please check the following: Whether or not the guide sheet/3 fully opens If the guide sheet/3 cannot fully open: a. Trimming dust is caught at the moving part of the guide sheet/3. Remove the dust. b. The press board of the dust box does not move smoothly. Apply additional grease on the slide shaft of the press board (compress the long spring andset it asidetoapply grease on the shaft). c. The positional relation between the press board and open roller of the guide sheet3/ is not correct and the press board is malformed. Correct the malformation "manually". Whether or not the blackplastic istight (taut or stiff)when the guide sheet/3 is fully opened If it is not stiff, after ensuringguide sheet/3 fully opens, fix theplastic whileguide sheet/3 is fully opened. 2. To view the attached document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free fromMicrosoft® at the following URL;http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionDirty copies with lines and possible noise.

Solution CAUSE: Transfer belt cleaning blade flipping due toinsufficient lubrication of the transfer belt cleaning blade. SOLUTION: To allow for sufficient lubrication of the transfer belt cleaning blade set software DipSW 20-4 to 1 (enabled).To set DipSW 20-4 to 1, perform the

17



following: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Select [System Setting]. 3. Select [Software SW Setting]. 4. Set switch 20-4 to 1. 5. 5.Exit Service mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSecurity lines on copies after a new install.

Solution CAUSE: Initial settingsdid not take when programmed. SOLUTION: Time and date, telephone and ADF serial numbers need to be re-entered: 1. Sub-power ON => Utility/Counter => Machine Admin settings => System settings => Date and time setting => (Enter year/month/day/time)=> OK => Exit =>PowerOFF sub-power switch. 2. Enter Service Mode => System settings => Setup date input => (Enter year/month/day) => OK. CAUTION : DO NOT POWER OFF. Leave machine in Service Mode. 3. In the Service Mode => System settings => Telephone setting => (Enter 16-digit number) => OK. CAUTION : DO NOT POWER OFF. Leave machine in Service Mode. 4. In the Service Mode => System settings => M/C serial number setting => touch ADF => (Enter ADF serial number) => OK => PowerOFFsub-switch. 5. PowerON sub-switch and run copies with no security lines. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy/David Aekus/Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionEvenly spaced lines in the sub-scan direction after initial setup.

Solution CAUSE: Initial settingsdid not take when programmed. SOLUTION: Time and date, telephone and ADF serial numbers need to be reentered: 1. Sub-power ON => Utility/Counter => Machine Admin settings => System settings => Date and time setting => (Enter year/month/day/time)=> OK => Exit =>PowerOFF sub-power switch. 2. Enter Service Mode => System settings => Setup date input => (Enter year/month/day) => OK. CAUTION : DO NOT POWER OFF. Leave machine in Service Mode. 3. In the Service Mode => System settings => Telephone setting => (Enter 16-digit number) => OK. CAUTION : DO NOT POWER OFF. Leave machine in Service Mode. 4. In the Service Mode => System settings => M/C serial number setting => touch ADF => (Enter ADF serial number) => OK => PowerOFFsub-switch. 5. PowerON sub-switch and run copies with no security lines. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch/Jim Behrends/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

18


bizhub PRO C6501 Image delay, advance, shift or skew


DescriptionIntermittent half-inch image shift on second side in the main scan direction.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failed Image Processing Board (IPB). Verify failed Image Processing Board by swapping it with another board if possible. Replace the IPB as necessary (p/n A03U H020 28 for bizhub PROC6500/C5500 and p/n A0U0 H020 02 for bizhub PRO C6501/C5501 ). 2. Failed ADU centering sensor (PS65). Replace the ADU centering sensor (p/n 56UA 8551 0E for bizhub PRO C6500/C5500 and p/n 56UA 8551 0E for bizhub PRO C6501/C5501 ). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch/Freddie Burnham/Mike McCarthy/Ed Bellone/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description How to adjust the 1st side and 2nd side image registration.

Solution Please refer the attached documentation if the customer requests accurate image registration between 1st side and 2nd side using PF-601 and LU-202. Itdescribes paper skew, trailing edge timing, centering error, vertical magnification and horizontal magnification adjustment procedure. If the customer uses the PF-601 and LU-202, and requests accurate image registration between 1st side and 2nd side, please perform following: 1. PF-601 side guides fine adjustment (correct 1st side skew). 2. LU-202 side guides fine adjustment (correct 1st side skew). 3.Enable [Side 2 lens adjustment mode]. 4. Image position adjustment -method to adjust the trailing edge, centering error, vertical zoom and horizontal zoom using the [Chart adjustment]. Note : To view the attached document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free fromMicrosoft® at the following URL;http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN.SPECIAL . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionImage is skewed on the paper.

Solution CAUSE: Registration loop adjustment has not been performed. SOLUTION: Perform the Registration Loop Adjustment. Follow these procedures: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Select Machine Adjust 3. Select Printer Adjust. 4. Select Registration Loop Adjust. 5. Select desired paper tray. 6. Enter an adjustment value of +/- 99 and press Set. 7. Exit Service mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


Description Trapezoid effect at the lead edge of 11x17 prints/copies.

19



Solution CAUSE:The transfer belt walked to one side. When this happens, the guild bands inside the edge of the transfer belt will jump up onto the guide rollers. Thiscauses the transfer belt to notrun in parallel to the second transfer roller. SOLUTION: Replace if the Transfer belt (p/n A03U504200) if the inside guild bands are damaged. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jay Lucier,KMBS/Salem, New Hampshire and Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSmall blank area appears or color registration error is visible with text or fine lines.

Solution CAUSE: When using heavy paper (256gsm or more) or thick paper, the intermediate transfer belt rotation speed is changed when the paper passes the 2ndtransfer unit.It causes the color registration error at the first transfer where the toner on the photoconductor drum is transferred to the intermediate transferbelt.The color registration error appearing at thefirst position depends on the distance between the 2nd transfer roller and drum for each color (see attachedfile). From 495mm of the 1st sheet or from the 2nd sheet, the color registration error of each color overlaps and is visible for all colors. SOLUTION: To reduce the intermediate transfer belt speed change, increase the line speed: 1. From COPY or MACHINE screen, select [Paper Setting]. 2.Select arbitrary tray.Then select [Change]. 3.At the [Weight], select the lighter weight than paper actually used. Asa rough indication, 1/1 speed= 105gsm or less and2/3 speed for 106 to 209 gsm. If the above setting change is performed, fusing time is reduced and fusing failure may occur.The setting should be used carefully. Iffusing failure occurs after trying the above, change the fusing temperature: 1. From COPY or MACHINE screen, select [Paper Setting]. 2. Select arbitrary tray. Then select [Change]. 3. Select [Process Adj.] then press [Next] button. For the Upper Roller Temperature (Print) and Lower Roller Temperature (Print), then enter larger value. If the fusing roller temperature is changed, paper turns wavy or blisters oncoated paper may occur.Additionally, depending on the paper, the registration errorcannot be solved completely.If the improvement level is not enough, please request that the customeruses another paper type. Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)


DescriptionWhen copying off the glass, the image is not centered on the copy.

Solution CAUSE: The Non-Image Area Erase has been activated. SOLUTION: To center the image, select the Application tab on theMFP control panel. Verify Image Center is highlighted and Non-Image Area erase is nothighlighted. Press OK to confirm settings. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


Description When using half-fold and staple the image is rotated and shrunk when using copy mode.

Solution CAUSE: The machine is set to automatically enable booklet mode when half-fold and staple is selected. SOLUTION: To change settings, perform the following steps: 1. Select "Application". 2. Choose "Booklet Pagination". 3. Set function to "Off". SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Stephen Schmelcke, Workgroup/SSD

20



21


bizhub PRO C6501 Image failure other than density/color - magnification, blur


DescriptionBlurred colored text. Toner scattered around color text as if the characters are blurred.

Solution CAUSE: More toner is laid down on multiple color text than single color text. With the thick toner later, discharge may occur during image transfer causingtoner scattering to occur. SOLUTION: Reduce toner quantity of the color of the blurred text. To reduce the toner quantity, perform the following: 1.Press the Utility/Counter button. 2.Select Machine Admin Setting. 3.Select System Setting. 4.Select Expert Setting. 5.Select Process Adjustment. 6.Select Toner Quantity/Exposure. 7.Decrease the Maximum Toner Quantity value for the desired color(s). 8.Exit Machine Admin mode. Note : After adjusting the Maximum Toner quantity setting, perform the controller calibration. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionDark center line on all copies when using Image Repeat and Frame Center Erase cannot be selected.

Solution CAUSE: Firmware limitation. SOLUTION: Install Special image control firmware version GMK-50 which removes the constraint so that Frame Center Erase can be selected when usingImage Repeat. The firmware is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector:1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com .2. Select the "Service" tab located at the top of the page.3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located to the left.4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located to the left.6. Select a Product Group and then a Product (model). A File Type and OS are optional selections.7. Click on ? Show.8. All product-related downloads are listed with the most current at the top of each category. Note :This constraint removal applies to version GMK-50 and does not carry over to newer versions of image control firmware. Please see theattachedRelease Notesfor version GMK-50 firmware details. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for freefrom the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionBlurred text on the trail edge on gloss paper.

Solution CAUSE: Machine speed is too fast for gloss type paper. SOLUTION: Slow the machine speed for the paper in the Paper Settings. To change the machine speed, perform the following: 1.Press tab on the operation panel. 2.Select Paper Setting. 3.Select the paper tray that the gloss paper is loaded in. 4.Select Change. 5.Select Process Adjust. Note : If the Process Adjust tab is not present, turn soft switch 1-0 = 1 (ON). 6.Select Next. 7.Select Next. 8.Set Speed Down to ON Set CPM Down to Down. 9.Exit Paper Setting mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

22




DescriptionWhen copying or printing, the printed image is 1mm or 2mm shorter than the original.

Solution CAUSE: The heat from the fuser can shrink the paper. SOLUTION: To correct the problem, perform the following: 1. Enter Tech Rep mode. 2. Select Machine Adjustment. 3. Select Printer Adjustment. 4. Select Belt Line Speed Adj. and enter a value between +/-100. 5. Press Set. 6. Press Return to exit the screen. 7. Press Closetwo times. 8. Press Exit two times to exit the Tech Rep mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCarrier attaching to the image. The image has a rough texture.

Solution CAUSE: Environmental changes can cause carrier attachment to the image. SOLUTION: Adjust Covered Margin and/or Toner Density Fine adjustment. To adjust the Covered Margin Adjustment and the Toner Density Fine adjustmentperform the following: 1.Enter Service mode. 2.Select Process Adjustment. 3.Select Process Fine Adjustment. 4.Select Covered Margin Fine Adjustment. 5.Decrease the set value. 6.Select Return. 7.Select Toner Density Fine Adjustment. 8.Increase set value. Note : With both of these adjustments, ensure background does not occur. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionJitter or blurred line in the main scan direction 4 inchesfrom the trail edge of 12x18 paper stock.

Solution CAUSE: Failing PS64 (fuser loop sensor),actuator and/or actuator spring. SOLUTION: Replace the fuser loop sensor (p/n 55VA 8552 1), actuator (p/n 65AA 5337 1) and/or actuator spring (p/n 65AA 5356 0) as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable Thin Line enhancement for printing.

Solution To enable Thin Line enhancement for printing, perform the following: 1. Press the [Utility/Counter] button. 2. Select [User Setting]. 3. Select [Printer Setting]. 4. Select [Thin Line Enhancement]. 5. Select the desired setting [Strong +], [Strong], [Normal], [Weak], [Weak +] and select [OK]. 6. Exit the User Setting mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

23




Description When printing or copying, the image on the paper will reduce in size up to 20% as it travels down the page.

Solution CAUSE: PWB-IPB has failed SOLUTION: Replace PWB-IPB (p/n A03U H020 28 for bizhub PRO C5500\C6500\C6500P and p/n A0U0 H020 02 for bizhub PRO C5501\C6501\C65hc ). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPDF file is corrupt when performing a scan to SMB.

Solution CAUSE: Possible bad connection. SOLUTION:Try reseating the interface cable from the Fiery® to the machine. If that does not work,take the I/F connector from the Fiery® and plug it into themachine and the I/F connection of the machine and plug it into the Fiery®. Only replace I/F cable if necessary. See attached sample of a corrupt scanned in Fiery configuration to SMB. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD

24


bizhub PRO C6501 Image too light, dark, uneven or wrong color


Description When printing, one of these image problems may occur: negative image color is greatlymisaligned a pattern is printed in the background or there are missing images

Solution CAUSE:Electrical noise (interference)when sending and receiving the data in the MFP possibly due to: an incomplete connection between theMFP and cable or the controller and cable. system code. a failed IPB. failed Fiery® I/F card. a failed Fusion board. The problem may be resolved temporarily by power-cycling the engine. SOLUTION: Check, installor replace the following: Loose or damaged Interface cable between the Fiery® and the Image Processing Board Be sure the cable is firmly seated andsecured at the Fiery® and the IPB. If the problem is intermittent,replace the Interface cable ( IC-303/IC-305 - p/n45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602). System Code For a bizhub PRO C6500/C5500 with the CREO© controller, install version 2.1 system code on the controller (IC-304). Install the INDriver patch fileif stillusing version 1.0. Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support(CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Failed IPB Replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 28 forbizhub PRO C5500/C6500/C6500P and p/n A0U0 H020 02 for the bizhub PRO C5501/C6501/C6501P ). CAUTION : For a bizhub PRO C6500 series MFP withthe EFI Fiery ® controller, replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 28) and Fiery® I/F board (p/n45053205) as a set . Notes : a. Both the MFP and the controller have a circuit on the interface; changing both boards is recommended. b. I/F boards have been modified (Rev.D). Please refer to the attached EFI Cut-in Serial Number List. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed.Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : This pertains to the bizhub PRO C6500 series ONLY . The bizhub PRO C6501 series IPB is already modified. Failed IC-304 Fusion board Reseat the cable connections between the main body and the CREO© controller. If the problem still exists, replace the fusion board (p/n 503-00351A). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD; Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Chuck Tripp/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLight copies and prints (low density).

Solution CAUSE: An increase in toner charge in developer under a low humidity environment, or a decrease of developing ability due to too high or too low coverageprints. SOLUTION: Adjust Developer AC Bias and/or Developer AC Frequency. To adjust Developer AC Bias and/or Developer AC Frequency perform the following:

1. Enter service mode. 2. Select Process Adjustment. 3. Select Process Fine Adjustment. 4. Select Developer AC Bias Fine adjustment. Increase the adjustment value for the color needing an increase in density. Note : If white spotting occurs decrease the adjustment value of Developer AC Bias Fine adjustment. 5. Select Return. 6. Select Developer AC Frequency Adjustment. 7. Decrease the adjustment value to increase the density. Note : If background occurs, increase the adjustment value. 8. Select Return. 9. Exit Service Mode.

25



SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable the Drum Tiny Rotation Interval.

Solution This adjustment can be used to improve image failures caused by uneven drum charging potential that can occur with low humidity. To enable the Drum TinyRotation Interval, perform the following: 1. Enter the Service Mode Menu screen. 2. Select [02 Process Adjustment]. 3. Select [05 Interval/Quantity Adjustment]. 4. Select [01 Drum Small Rotation Interval]. 5. Enter the adjustment value of +1 to +5. (1 step = 1 minute). Then press [Set]. 6. Press [Return], [Close], [Close], [Exit], [Exit] to return to copy mode. Note : To restore the default value, press [Default] in step 5. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLight, faded or washed out area of a single color on copies/prints.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Poor first or second transfer.Adjust transfer current for optimum value in the current environment or paper type. To adjust transfer current perform thefollowing: a.Press the Utility/Counter key. b.Select Machine Admin Setting. c.Select System Setting. d.Select Expert Adjustment. e.Select Process Adjustment. f.Select Front and Back Density. Adjust first and second transfer suitable to the paper. The setting range is -3 to +3. The default value is 0. g.Exit Machine Admin mode. 2. The HV connection to the second transfer roller is not making proper contact. Check and clean the connector.If necessary replace the connector (p/n 65AA R747 00). Note :Please see attached copy quality sample. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionGhost image is seen on the same page as the primary image. Itis most noticeable when transitioning from a high density object to a low density object.

Solution CAUSE:A residual charge is left on the developer sleeve and is transferred onto the paper. An example can be seen in the attached document. SOLUTION:This cannot be completely eliminated, but can be reduced by applying one or more of the following countermeasures: Service mode => [02 Process adjustment] => [04 Process fine adjustment]=> [01 Covered margin fine adj]: Decrease the set value.After setting,perform Auto Gamma adjustment. Service mode => [02 Process adjustment] => [04 Process fine adjustment]=> [02 Develop AC Bias Fine Adj.]: Increase the set value. After setting,perform Auto Gamma adjustment. Service mode => [02 Process adjustment] => [04 Process fine adjustment]=> [03 Develop AC frequency]: Decrease the set value.After setting,perform Auto Gamma adjustment. Service mode => [02 Process adjustment] => [04 Process fine adjustment]=> [04 Toner density fine adjustment]: Increase the set value. Note : To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

26




DescriptionHigher density at the top and bottom of page.

Solution CAUSE: Setting of 1st Transfer needs adjustment. SOLUTION:Decreasing 1st Transfer value with each color will alleviate the symptom (please refer to the attached file): [Utility]=> [03 Machine Admin. Setting]=> [01 System Setting]=> [05 Expert Adjustment] =>[06 Process Adjustment]=> [01 Front & BackDensity] CAUTION : In order topreventwhite spots as a side effect when decreasing the 1st Transfer valuevia [Front & Back Density], check the image everytimeafter adjusting it. Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-2803 when running auto gamma after PM or on new install.

Solution CAUSE:The Cyan transfer roller in the transfer belt assembly has become dislodged SOLUTION:Inspect transfer belt assembly and reposition transfer roller as needed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description How to create a new substitute color inColorWise Pro Tools.

Solution Substitute color works with color recipes in RGB and CMYK.It does not use the Pantone® spot color numbers, but you can look up the recipe. You will need to know the color recipe that you want to substitute. Pitstop inspector or another program can measure color recipes. Record the recipe values for CMYK or the RGB values. Open Command WorkStation™. Select ColorWise Pro Tools. Select Manage Color. Select Spot-On® from the ColorWise™ Pro Tools window. From the Select Output Profile menu, access the “Edit spot colors for this output profile” pull-down menu and choose the current default output profile. The Select Output Profile window opens. (Fiery 65-CKM). The Spot On menu appears. From the Edit menu, choose New Substitute Group. The new substitute group appears with the default name “Untitled1”. Double-click on the Untitled1 and rename it. Highlight the renamed color group. From the Edit menu, select New Substitute Color. In the Add Substitute Color menu, select RGB (0-100%) or CMYK (0-100%) and enter the values from the recipe that you wanted to substitute. In Tolerance, click the radio button next to Large (small +/- .25, Large +/- .50), and click OK. The new substitute color now appears in the library list. Default CMYK values appear to the right of the RGB recipe. The strength of the Spot-On feature results in its ability to calculate CMYK conversion values inorder to establish more accurate color matching in print. Highlight the new substitute color in the library list and form the Edit menu choose Color Search. Spot-On offers several ways to create alternate color recipes for CMYK conversion: 1. Printing patches of the target color and surrounding neighbors to perform a visual evaluation of the closet color match from the printed sheet. This is astreamlined and efficient process. 2. Using a measurement instrument, such as the EFI ES-1000, to obtain an accurate measurement from an existing ink color sample.

27



3. Editing the substitute color table directly. 4. Double-click the Center Patch to edit the color table directly. 5. In the Set Center Patch Color menu you can select the new conversion recipe. 6. After processing with Spot-On, the original color will be changed to the new Substitute color. Click OK when done. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Marge McLea, Production Customer Support/SSD


DescriptionFaded or ‘cloudy’ copies/prints.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect 2nd transfer setting. SOLUTION: To set 2nd transfer adjustment to default setting (-50): 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Select Process Adjustment. 3. Select High Voltage Adjustment. 4. Select 2nd Transfer Manual Adjustment. 5. Set adjustment -50. 6.Exit Service mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionColor registration varies from copy to copy.

Solution CAUSE: The encoder driven by the transfer belt motor, M18, is loose and causing a timing issue. SOLUTION: Remove M18 (p/n 27LA 8001 2E) and the encoder assembly (p/n 65AA R726 00) and secure the encoder set screws. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionColor registration is off in the center of the copy. The lead edge and the trail edge registrationare fine.

Solution CAUSE: The fuser loop sensor (PS64) or its actuator might be failing. SOLUTION: Replace the fuser loop sensor (p/n 55VA 8552 1)andactuator (p/n 65AA 5337 1) as a set. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhen copying or printing, the black color plate is missing.

Solution CAUSE: The black data has become corrupt and the printer gamma adjustment data must be reset. SOLUTION: To resolve the issue, perform the following: 1. Verify firmware is current. 2. Enter Service mode and select Machine Adjustment. 3. Select Quality Adjustment. 4. Select Printer Gamma Adjustment. 5. Select the Printer Gamma Sensor Adjustment and run each adjustment. Prior to running each adjustment, select Adjustment Data Reset to clear thecorrupt data. 6. Exit the Service mode and reboot theMFP when all adjustments have been completed.

28



SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


Description Background and "fuzzy" characters on scans to E-mail/SMB/FTP.Printing and copying are not affected.

Solution CAUSE: Failed Image Processing Board (IPB). SOLUTION: Verify failed Image Processing Board by swapping it with another board if possible. Replace the IPB as necessary (p/n A03U H020 28 for bizhubPRO C6500/C5500 and p/n A0U0 H020 02 for bizhub PRO C6501/C5501 ). Note :Before replacing the board, ensure that all main body to controller connectionsare checked, machine firmware and controller system code have beenreloaded. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Moeller, Production Print/SSD

29


bizhub PRO C6501 Image voids or deletions


DescriptionWhite lines appear shortly after wire replacement in printshop environments.

Solution This condition and samples have been escalated to Japan for their evaluation. Note : If viewing this solution via the web, please establish a ticket via either the web or by calling the contact center at 1-800-825-5664. Once a ticket hasbeen established an E-mail will be sent when this solution is updated. For phone advisors, please attach to this solution so that an automatic E-mail will be sent to the technician when this solution is updated. End the call withcall code "Escalated to Japan". SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Felix Burgen, ESS/BSE


DescriptionC, M, Y colors are missing when copying off the glass in the full color mode. B/W mode works fine.

Solution CAUSE: TheMFP firmware is corrupt. SOLUTION: Download the firmware to theMFP again. Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support(CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionVoid line in the lead-to-trail direction (in one color only) of all copies and prints.

Solution CAUSE: Failed PCL lamp. SOLUTION: Replace PCL lamp (p/n 65AA 8307 0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionVoid lines in one or more colors.

Solution CAUSE:Fibers from the Dust Proof Filter have become detached from filter, traveled through the toner supply hosesand haveaccumulated in area below aDeveloping Unit. The fibers will block the laser from imaging unit contacting the drum during image creation. SOLUTION:Replace or remove the Dust Proof Filter, clean debris from under side of Developing Units andclean toner supply section and hoses to removeany remaining fibers from the previous filter. Note : Please review attacheddocument for images of Filter, Fibers, and Filter location. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. AdobeReader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

30


bizhub PRO C6501 Miscellaneous


DescriptionScan to SMB setup instructions for the Fiery® IC-303 and IC-408.

Solution Please refer to the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


Description SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft® Exchange Server 2003 and 2007.

Solution CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft® Exchange Server. SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list. 1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall. 2.Select Exceptions and Add Port. 3.Add a name and Port number. 4.Click on Change Scope. 5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to take a firmware (engine log) capture.

Solution To take a firmware capture, please perform the following: 1.When the error code (SCxx-xx) is displayed on the operation panel insert a USB drive into the mainbody Service Port. 2.Press the following: [Utility] => [Utility] => [Powersave] => [Powersave]. 3.By pressing the above buttons, the Interrupt button and the Accessibility button on the operation panel will be blinking. 4. If the light pulse disappears, it shows that the taking of log data is finished. Note : Please see attachment of sample log. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/David Aekus/Cesar Jimenez/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description Troubleshooting Guide version 3.1.

Solution The contents of the attachedTroubleshooting Guide:1. Low density (under low humidity environment) 2. White spot 3. Carrier attachment to the image 4. Poor transfer 5. Background 6. Repeater Mark 7. Toner spilling 8. White lines (to sub-scan direction) 9. Uneven gloss 10. Paper waving 11. How to maintain consistent color during continuous printing 12. Darker at the trailing edge of image 13. Problem with non-recommended paper 14. How to adjust side1/2 Image registration 15. Thin paper jams wrapping around the fusing belt (separation failure) 16. Blurred image 17. Change of color 18. White Streaks (drum memory)

31



19. Waste toner packing 20. PFU, LU paper no feed under low temperature environment (J16-02) 21. Gloss unevenness on side2 of coated paper (PFU, LU) 22. SC28-01 to 04 when machine is powered up 23. SC28-31 to 34 (Charging potential correction (Vm) error) 24. White (meandering) line (dust attach on PET sheet) 25. PFU centering error (image suddenly shifts by 5mm) 26. Centering error, skew (how to set paper in PFU) 27. Print job is not accepted while machine indicates dehumidifying 28. Transfer shifts with halftone on thick paper under high humidity 29. Drum drive error C-22xx 30. Depletion of developer after continuous printing 31. Abnormal Image 32. Coupling shaft breakage of transfer belt unit rear side 33. How to perform book printing from Adobe Acrobat (IC-303/IC-305) 34. Calibration procedure 35. C6501 uneven density correction procedure 36. SD-506, tri-fold adjustment procedure 37. How to print on custom size (IC-303/IC-305/IC-408) 38. Rippled uneven image 39. Banding on Halftone 40. Adjustment Procedure at Write Unit Replacement 41. Blurred Characters, toner spray only on black part in color at rear edge, with thick paper 42. How to install IC-304 enhanced driver for Mac 43. IC-304: Custom size is recognized as A4 44. FS-607/520 Main Tray Capacity by Paper Size and Paper weight 45. Copy image orientation changes if using finishing function 46. Paper size list (to feed and to exit) Note : To view the attached PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS


DescriptionHow black and white versus color increment the machine counters.

Solution The reason that many ofthe color printers will count a page as color, even though the page content looks like Black and White or Gray, is that many “Office”applications create or use graphics using RGB data. Even though a graphic may be black, it uses RGB values of 0-0-0 to achieve black or will use equalvalues of RGB to represent gray. As far asa Konica Minoltaprinter is concerned, this is color information and will therefore count the page as a color page.This scenario applies to applications like Microsoft® OfficeWord, Excel and Publisher, to name a few. Higher end applications like Adobe®PageMaker®/InDesign®/Illustrator® and Quark® typically use the CMYK color space. A job can consist of just K (Black), with no CMY components. This will print as just black. If printing a gray shade from one of these applications, a halftonescreen would have to be used using just K or using equal values of CMYK, which would count as color. Note : If the files have been converted to a PDF, Acrobat® 6 and7 Pro have built-in Preflighting tools under the “Advanced” menu. Preflighting thedocument will provide detail of what color components each graphic is composed. Other add-ons, such as Enfocus© PitStop Professional will also provide thesame capabilities from within Acrobat®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to change the Administrator password.

Solution To change the Administrator password, perform the following:1. Enter the Service mode.2. Press STOP-0-CLEAR to enter the Enhanced security mode. 3. Select Administrator Password.4. Enter NEW Administrator password.5. Click on END. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


Description

32



Paper specifications and recommendations.

Solution Please refer to attachedSubstrate Throughput Assurance Guide. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded forfree from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPaper skew specification.

Solution The specificationfor skew is 0.5% to the length for 1-sided and 1.0% for 2-sided. For example, if the page is 11x17, the maximum skew would beapproximately 2mm. In 2-sided mode, a maximum of 4mm skew may occur on side 2. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


Description Scanning capability.

Solution How to scan when using the Creo® IC-301 (bizhub PRO C500 only) or IC-304/Plus TheRemote Scan utility must be loaded on a workstation or thecontroller to utilize scanning on the controller(s). This utility allows for the creation of scanboxes on theMFP and to retrieve scans from those boxes. Scanning is performed on theprinter/copier using the scan to HDD option from the LCD panel. Please refer to the attached document for more detail.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free fromthe Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . How to create and perform Scan to E-mail on the Creo® IC-304 version 2 To create and perform scan to E-mail on the Creo® IC-304 version 2, perform the following: 1.From the Creo® workstation select File, Preferences and then Mail Services. 2.Enter the Outgoing Mail Server TCP/IP address (preferred) or the E-mail Server Name. 3.Enter the Attachment Max Size. 4.Enter a valid Administrator E-mail Address. Set it for Anonymous or Basic (authentication User ID and Password). Note :After performing the above, the bizhub PRO C6500 Scan tab should set up a Box called IC-304 E-mail. Scan something to this box. You will need theRemote Scan Application loaded on a workstation in order to retrieve the scanned image and to perform the Scan to E-mail. 5. Launch the Remote Scan Application. 6. Type in the Server Name or TCP/IP address and thenpress the Connect button. 7. Select the Scan box IC-304 (or one that you have already created and scanned to). Highlight the scanned file andpress the Send button. 8.Enter the From: and To: E-mail address, Subject and Text if desired and hit the Send button. Note : If you getonly the URL link and have selected Send Scan as Attachment, the Attachment Max Size (Step 3) needs to be increased. Unable to create scan boxes using Remote Scan software. The scan boxes do not appear at the Scan/HDD CAUSE: The Creo® has been joined to the customer domain or has been signed-on toan account other than the operator account. SOLUTION: Log onto the Creo® locally using the default account ( operator ) and password ( colorserver ). Unable to scan to FTP or E-mail when using an IC-301 controller (bizhub PRO C500 only) CAUSE: These options are not available when using an IC-301. Only a Fiery® controller will provide these scanning options.

SOLUTION: Scanning will need to be performed using the Remote Scan utility (provided on the User CD). Once the scans are retrieved with this utility, thescans can then be manually E-mailedor moved to an FTP site. Remote Scan Application information Location - D:\Utilities\PC Utilities\RemoteScan.exe How to lauch - Start => Programs => IC304 => Remote Scan Application SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone/Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description

33



HD-506 Hard DiskDrive (HDD)information.

Solution Starting with version 15 firmwarefor the bizhub PRO C6500, the usage of the HD-506 option has changed.It is no longer used when printing.It isonly used forstamps, watermarks, and overlays when copying. The HD-506 is actually a kit (p/n A03Y0Y0)that includes 4x40GB hard drives (1 per color channel) mounted to a single board.The drives are formatted(FAT32) and contains pre-loaded stamps and watermarks with plenty of room for user overlays. Notes : 1.The part numberto orderan individual hard diskdrive is A03Y R701 00 (see attached Parts Manual). 2. Please refer to attached Installation Instructions for additional information. 3. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . CAUTION :Because the HDDs have a unique partition and format, "generic" HDDs cannot be used. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends,Ed Bellone, Mark D'Attilio and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description How to transfer Management Lists to a USB drive and capture the Management Lists electronically.

Solution To capture the Management Listselectronically (sample attached), perform the following: 1. Insert the USB drive into the Service Port on the bizhub PRO C6500. 2. Press the following keys in this order: a. Utility/Counter b. Detail c. Help d. Utility/Counter e. Mode Check SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez/David Aekus/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to install/connect an Equitrac© device.

Solution There are 2 different methods for connecting the device. Key counter connector = 4-pin Vendor connector = 8-pin To install/connect Equitrac© : 1.Equitrac©must have thesupply cable (Item #CABX0094)along with any adaptersfor the product. 2.Move the control panel up and then left. 3.Remove the curved, beige/white cover/panel (two screws) behind the control panel (noticea 4-pin connector).Depending upon the Equitrac©cable, theadapteron top of it may have to be removed.4. Remove the black cover on the right side of the platen glass and break off the cut-out nearest the control panel/front.5.Connect the Equitrac©cable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel.6.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off.7.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine.8.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9).9.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter.10. Select "key counter only" tab.11. Select "End".12. Select "Exit".13. There should be a red box on the main screen that indicates "Insert Plug-In counter".Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be enteredto activate the Equitrac© device. Vendor Connector 1. Equitrac© must have the supply cable (Item #CABX0813) along with any adapters for the product. 2. Remove Back Cover. 3.Connect the Equitrac©cable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel.4.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off.5.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine.6.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9).

34



7.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter.8. Select "Vendor 2 (+Key Counter)" tab.9. Select "End".10. Select "Exit".11. There should be a red box on the main screen with a Vendor Message. Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activatethe Equitrac© device. Note : Please see the attached connector documents and attached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-028 for more details. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® mustbe installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Earnest Newson - KMBS/Carrollton, TX and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionApproved transparencies.

Solution Transparencies are not officially supported. Limited testing has been doneandthe 3M PP2200 transparency is recommended which should only befed through the bypass tray or LU-202. The papersettings are: Paper = Plain Weight= 210 to 256 Face Up Note :KMBS is not offically endorsing the use of any transparency brandand does not guaranteeperformance or print quality. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, Production Print/SSD


Description Key Counter location (4-pin connector).

Solution Please see the attacheddocumentation to see the various Key Counter (4-pin) locations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of AdobeReader®. Note : Equitrac© must have the supply cable (Item #CABX0094) along with any adapters for the product. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to create saddle-stitched booklets on the bizhub PRO C6500/C5500 from Macintosh® OS 10.4x and Microsoft® Windows® XP.

Solution The attached document details how to make a saddle-stitched booklet using the IC-303 print driver from Macintosh® OS 10.4x and Microsoft® Windows®XP. These should also apply to other versions of Microsoft® Windows and Macintosh® OS 10. The document procedure was as tested with Adobe®Acrobat®. Notes : 1. The IC-408 works the same way with minor differences in features in the screen shots.2.When printing from Microsoft® Word, there is a known issue that prevents the job from printing on the correct size paper without configuring the documentin Word correctly on controllers with system software prior to 1.02.The page size must be defined as 8.5x11S and the "Scale to paper size" option in the Word print dialog box must be set to 11x17. "Booklet Best Fit" mustalso be selected in the print driver options to get the page to fit within the margins. This will result in a slightly reduced image. The other option is to send thejob to the hold queue on the Fiery® and then use Command WorkStation™ to change the paper size to 11x17. This will result in a properly scaled print job,but requires this extra step.3. Version 1.02 system code does not require the Scale to paper size option in the Word print dialog box to be set to 11x17. Instead set it to either "none" or8.5x11S. This will output an image that is not reduced. 4. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, David Aekus and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

35




DescriptionIs there a media guide for the bizhub PRO C6500?

SolutionThe media guide for the bizhub PRO C6500 is attached. This list is current, as of 11/09/06.


DescriptionPaper Test requirements.

Solution For initial test the dealer/branch must supply 1000 sheets of the media paper. Once the paper is received the ticket is transferred to ESS. If the initial test does not have any issues then a second test can be done. The dealer/branch must supply enough media to cover 1/3 of a PM cycle. There isa charge involved to cover labor and supplies. The dealer/branch will be notified byESS before the test to communicate the charges. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to set the total counter to count one (or two) counts for large size paper.

Solution To set the total counter to count one/two counts for large size paper, perform the following: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Select [System Setting]. 3. Select [Software SW Setting]. 4. Set Software SW 4-6 (large size B&W), and Software SW 4-7 (large size Color) to: Software SW Counts 4-6=0 and 4-7=0 1 4-6=1 and 4-7=1 2 5. Define the "size" of large size paper with Software SWs 10-3 and 10-4: Software SW Size 10-3=0 and 10-4=0 A3/11x17 or larger sizes count as large size paper 10-3=1 and 10-4=0 All sizes count as small 10-3=0 and 10-4=1 B4/8.5x14 or larger sizes count as large size paper 10-3=1 and 10-4=1 8.5x13, 8.25x13, 8.12x13.25, 8x13 and custom size paper (298mm or larger) all count as large size paper SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone/Freddie Burnham/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to load a 64-bit driver on a 32-bit Server system (Microsoft® Windows 2003 Server/Vista™).

Solution Please follow this step-by-step procedure and refer to the attached video. 1. Load the 64-bit driver on the client. 2. Load the 32-bit driver on the server and share it out.

36



Note : If you receive a pop-up indicating “COPY ERROR”, setup cannot copy this file. Example: KOZJA_.PP_. This could possibly be a file path lengthlimitation. Try reducing this limitation by pulling out the specific driver needed and placing it on the desktop. 3. From the 64-bit client perform the Run command to connect to the 32-bit server (example: \\11.11.5.33) and press enter. 4. Double-click on the shared out printer. 5. Select printer and then properties. 6. Select the Sharing tab and click on the additional drivers box. 7. Select or check-off the 64-bit (x64) driver to be added to the 32-bit server. 8. Select OK and the 64-bit driver should be pushed up to the server. 9. Check the additional drivers of the client and server to confirm that the x86 (32-bit) and x64 are both installed. Notes : a.This was tested on like versions of 32-bit and 64-bit drivers. b.To viewthis procedure, Apple© QuickTime®should be installed.It can be downloaded for free at http://www.apple.com/quicktime/download/ . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to print halftone test patterns to test copy quality issues.

Solution To print halftone test patterns, perform the following:1. Enter Service mode.2. Select Test Mode.3. Select Test Pattern Output.4. Set Test Pattern number 53.5. Select values for the desired colors.6. Select screen setting.7. Select Copy screen.8. Select desired paper size.9. Press Start. Note : Please use Test Pattern #53 when troubleshooting problems on the bizhub PRO C6500. Test Pattern #1 is a pure contone image and does not haveany screening applied. Test Pattern #53 uses the selected screen for output. This produces a much smoother output for halftones. Test pattern #53, mixed halftones at different densities, can also be useful for troubleshooting copy quality (CQ) issues. The following mixed halftones arerequired along with samples of the CQ issue when sending in CQ issues to SSD Technical Support or ASG.Test pattern #53 set to 130 line 1 for Y, M, C, K (prints for each color)Test Pattern #53 line 1 set to the following - Y = 130 and M = 130 (red)Test Pattern #53 line 1 set to the following - Y = 130 and C = 130 (green)Test Pattern #53 line 1 set to the following - C = 130 and M = 130 (blue)Test pattern #53 set to 40 line 1 for Y, M, C, K (prints for each color)Test pattern #53 set to 40 line 1 for Y, M, C(process black 1 print)Test pattern #53 set to 40 line 1 for Y, M, C, K (process black 1 print)Test Pattern #53 line 1 set to the following - Y = 40 and M = 40 (red)Test Pattern #53 line 1 set to the following - Y = 40 and C = 40 (green)Test Pattern #53 line 1 set to the following - C = 40 and M = 40 (blue) Test pattern #53 set to 60 line 1 for Y, M, C, K (prints for each color) Test pattern #53 set to 255 line 1 for Y, M, C (prints for each color) Note :Please provide a copy of theManagement List. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Ed Bellone and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSupport for Account track, Secure print, and User authentication from Unix/Linux environments.

Solution Konica Minolta does not support Account track, Secure print, and User authentication from Unix/Linux environments at this time. The availability of these options for Unix/Linux environments is being considered for future development. Please attachticket to this solution and provide the following information; 1. Product model number(s). 2. Now many products placed or being considered for placement. 3.What "flavor" and version of Unix/Linux operating system. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD

37




DescriptionHow to load a 32-bit driver on a 64-bit operating system.

Solution Please follow this step-by-step procedure and refer to the attached video. 1. Load the 64-bit driver on the server and share it out. 2. Load a 32-bit driver on a workstation locally. 3. From the workstation perform the Run command to connect to the server (example: \\11.11.5.33) and press enter. This should bring up the server. 4.Navigate to the previously shared out printer on the server. 5. Right-click on the shared out printer and select properties. 6. Select the sharing tab and then click on the Additional Drivers button. 7. Select or check-off the 32-bit driver to be added to the 64-bit system. 8. Select OK and then browse to the folder that houses the 32-bit driver to be installed and select OK. The Additional Drivers window should now have the32-bitand 64-bit checked off. 9. Check the Additional Drivers of the Server to make sure that the 32-bit has been pushed up (right-click on the shared out printer of the server=>Properties =>Sharing Tab =>Additional Drivers). Notes : a.This was tested on like versions of 32-bit and 64-bit drivers. b.To viewthis procedure, Apple© QuickTime®should be installed.It can be downloaded for free at http://www.apple.com/quicktime/download/ . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionRequirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery®, CREO©, Emperon and applications.

Solution Requirements are: Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery® configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO© configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe® Acrobat® Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observedprior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery® with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. Thearchive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO© that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark® or InDesign®, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature“Select Package” within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associatedticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket numberand or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh®. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or toE-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh® system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh® for the files to be good. You cannot take the files fromthe Macintosh® and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft® Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will beuseless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft® Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh®. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh® to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make themportable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft® Windows PC.Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh® to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD


38



DescriptionPaper specifications.

Solution The bizhub PRO C6500 is equipped with the following trays for loading copy paper: Tray 1, Tray 2 and Tray 3 (Main body trays): 8.5×11, A4 or larger: 17 to 68 lb Bond 5.5×8.5, B5 or smaller: 17 to 56 lb Bond Bypass Tray: 17 to 81 lb Bond Tray 4 (Paper Feed Unit PF-601 Upper tray): 17 to 68 lb Bond Tray 5 (Paper Feed Unit PF-601 Lower tray): 17 to 81 lb Bond Tray 4 (Large Capacity Unit LU-202): 17 to 81 lb Bond Automatic Duplex Unit: 17 to 68 lb Bond Finisher (FS-503): Primary (main) tray: 13 to 81 lb Bond Secondary (sub) tray: 13 to 81 lb Bond Staple: 13 to 64 lb Bond Folding Unit (FD-501): Primary (main) tray: 13 to 64 lb Bond Secondary (sub) tray: 13 to 81 lb Bond Punch: 13 to 56 lb Bond Z-Fold, Tri-Fold-in, Tri-Fold-out, Half Fold: 13 to 34 lb Bond Double Parallel, Gate Fold: 13 to 24 lb Bond Post Inserter (attached to Folding Unit FD-501): 13 to 81 lb Bond Large Capacity Stacker (LS-501): Stacker: 13 to 64 lb Bond Secondary (sub) tray: 13 to 81 lb Bond, Saddle Stitcher (SD-501): Fold & Staple, Trimming: 13 to 64 lb Bond Multi Half Fold of 5 sheets: 13 to 22 lb Bond Multi Half Fold of 3 sheets: 23 to 35 lb Bond Multi Half Fold of 2 sheets: 36 to 64 lb Bond Multi Tri-Fold of 5 sheets: 13 to 22 lb Bond Multi Tri-Fold of 3 sheets: 23 to 24 lb Bond Secondary (sub) tray: 13 to 81 lb Bond Finisher (FS-607): Primary (main) tray: 16 to 81 lb Bond Secondary (sub) tray: 13 to 81 lb Bond Staple: 16 to 28 lb Bond Fold & Staple: 16 to 28 lb Bond Half Fold: 16 to 28 lb Bond Multi Half Fold of 3 sheets: 16 to 21 lb Bond Multi Half Fold of 1 sheet: 22 to 28 lb Bond Paper Inserter PI-502 (option for Finisher FS-607): 13 to 53 lb Bond Punch Kit (PK-512): 16 to 34 lb Bond Output tray (OT-502) 17 to 81 lb Bond SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to clear a fuserabnormality code (C35xx, C38xx, C39xx).

Solution The Service modeis inaccessible byentering Utility => Stop => 0 => Stop => 0 => 0 => 1. This is to prevent accidental reset of the code andcausing additional damage to the machine. To reset a fuser abnormality code, perform the following:1. Power the machine OFF from the main switch leaving the sub switch ON. 2. Press the utility Key and power ON the machine from the main switch. 3. Enter Stop => 0 => 0 => Stop => 0 => 1. 4. Press [03 System Setting] on the touchscreen.

39



5.Press [01 Software SW setting] on the touchscreen.6.Press the left up-arrow, which is displayed on the touchscreen, 2 times. The number displayed above the up-arrow will change to 03.7. Select the bit number of switch 1, using the right up-arrow, 03-1 will be indicated.8. Press the [Return] key, which is displayed on the touchscreen.9. Exit Service mode to return to normal operation. Note : The list of codes are: C-3501, C-3502, C-3503, C-3504, C-3505, C-3506, C-3507, C-3508 C-3801, C-3802, C-3803, C-3804, C-3805, C-3806 C-3901, C-3902, C-3903, C-3904, C-3905, C-3906, C-3907, C-3908, C-3909, C-3910, C-3911, C-3912, C-3913, C-3914, C-3915, C-3916 WARNING : When C35xx, C38xx or C39xx (fusing temperature related abnormality) occurs, be sure to repair/replacethefailed part generating the codebefore setting the Service mode software DIPSW3-1 to 0. Ifsoftware DIPSW 3-1 is set to 0 without correcting the cause of the error, a fire mayoccur. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to set up Account Track codes for printing.

Solution To set up Account Track codes for printing, perform the following: 1. Select Utility/Counter. 2. Select Machine Admin. Setting (enter the machine Administrator password if prompted). 3. Select User Auth./Account Track. 4. Select Authentication Method. 5. Select Manage next to Account Track. 6. Select Account + Password or Password. 7. Press OK. 8. Select Account Track. 9. Select Account Register. 10. Select Add. 11. Select Section Name and enter the account name in the text box. 12. Press OK. 13. Select Password and enter a password (up to 8 digits) in the text box. 14. Press OK. 15. Select Name and enter the account owners name in the text box. 16. Press OK. 17. Select Upper Limit Set. 18. Select Upper and enter an account limit in the text box. 19. Press OK three times. 20. Press Return. 21. Press Close. 22. Select Without Authentication. 23. Under Print select Prohibition. 24. Press OK. 25. Exit Machine Admin. Mode. 26. From the print driver properties, select the Job Info. tab. 27. Enter the registered Account Track Name in the Section Name text box. 28. Enter the matching Account Track password in the Section Password text box. 29. Press OK. 30. Make additional desired print driver settings and print the document. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable SMB (File Sharing) from a Macintosh® OSX 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4.8, or 10.5.

Solution Please see the attached documentsexplaining how to enable SMB (File Sharing) from a Macintosh® OSX 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4.8, or 10.5. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone/Cesar Jimenez/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD

40




DescriptionThick Paper BK mode setting.

Solution Thick Paper BK mode setting is to reduce banding that occurs 230mm in from the lead edge when printing halftone images with thick paper stock. Thick Paper BK Mode engages the first transfer rollers on each YMC colors and operates in color mode during printing in B/W mode. Notes : 1. Use only for thick paper on whichbanding occurs. 2. Sinceprinting in B/W mode operates in color mode, the total counter counts in B/W and the maintenance counter counts in color. It does not develop YMC,but the life of the developer is shortened since it agitates the developing unit. 3.Concerningcolor printing, after printing more than 1000 sheets in this mode toner scattering or blurred color image may occur. To enable Thick Paper BK mode, perform the following: 1.Press the Utility button on theMFP and select #3 Machine Admin. Setting. 2. Select #6 Common Settings. 3. Pressthe Next button and select Thick Paper BK mode to ON. Note : If Thick Paper BK modeoption is NOT displayed, enableit by setting software DipSW 11-5 = 1 (ON). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLS-501/LS-502/LS-505, VR adjustment at replacement of control board.

Solution This information regards thereplacement of the LS-501/LS-502 control board which is an option of bizhub PRO 1050 series and bizhub PRO C6500 series,and the LS-505 control board which is option of bizhub PRO 1200 series and bizhub PRO C6501 series.VRadjustment on LS-501/LS-502/LS-505 control board is necessary at replacement of the board (p/n 15AV -931 3 and p/n 15AT-931 1 for LS-501 ; p/n15AW-932 3 for LS-502 ; p/n A0H1 H933 00 and p/n A0H1 H010 00 for LS-505 ).Please see the attached documentfor the adjustment procedure and attached Bulletin Number 7043.ThisVR adjusts sensitivity of the sensor that detects thegripper (p/n 15AV 5050 1).If it is not correctly adjusted, the followings SC codes may occur. bizhub PRO 1050 series: SC76-04 bizhub PRO 1200 series: C-1204/C-1214 bizhub PRO C6500/6501 series: C-1204 This information is also foundin the Service Manual (Field Service) in the LS-50x section under ADJUSTMENT/SETTING/MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT. Note : To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)


Description How to set up LDAP on a Fiery® IC-303, Fiery® IC-305or Fiery® IC-408.

Solution Please see the attachments for complete setup procedures. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for freefrom the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Notes : 1.Fiery® IC-303 and Fiery® IC-305 use the same system software. 2. Correctionof procedure within attached documentation: After setting up the controller with the LDAP information, and when performing the step, “FROM THE C6500” =>step 1, "Click on the Scan Tab", you willneed to first select the EMAIL button in order to see the SEARCH option of step 2. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


41



DescriptionFS-520/FS-607, availability of 3-hole punch in offline mode.

Solution The 3-hole offline punch is available with the use of special firmware.Please install the following special firmware: FS-520 - version GMC-31 FS-607 - version GMC-33 The firmware is available for download viathe Konica Minolta Download Selector.1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com .2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page.3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located on the left.4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located on the left. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE and Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionConfiguration and specification information.

Solution See attachmentsfor information which includes: Configuration Sheets bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C5501 1. How to Build a System for the bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C5501 (from start to finish) 2. Accessory Options for bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C5501. Options include: DOCUMENT HANDLING DF-609 Reversing Automatic Document Feeder - Not available with the bizhub PRO C6501P OC-506 Original Cover - Not available with the bizhub PRO C6501P PAPER SUPPLY HT-503 Dehumidifier Heater for LU-202 HT-504 Dehumidifier Heater for PF-602 - bizhub PRO C6501 only LU-202 Large Capacity Tray 2500 sheet capacity PF-602 Paper Feed Unit 6000 sheet capacity (2x3000) - bizhub PRO C6501 only OUTPUT FD-503 Multi-Folding Unit FS-520 Stapler Finisher FS-521 100-Sheet Stapling Finisher FS-607 Booklet Finisher LS-505 Large Capacity Stacker 5000-sheet capacity OT-502 Output Tray - bizhub PRO C5501 only PB-502 Perfect Binder Unit PI-502 Post Inserter for FS-607 PK-512 2/3-Hole Punch Kit for FS-607 RU-504 Relay Unit (with power supply) SD-506 Saddle Stitch Finisher HDD HD-506 CONTROLLER IC-304/Plus External Creo Image Controller IC-305 External Fiery Image Controller IC-408 Embedded Fiery Image Controller -Not available with the bizhub PRO C6501P 1 GB 1GB Memory Upgrade for IC-305 2 GB 2GB Memory Upgrade for IC-305 bizhub PRO C65hc 1. How to Build a System for the bizhub PRO C65hc Digital Printer (from start to finish)2. Accessory Options for bizhub PRO C65hc Digital Printer. Options include: PAPER SUPPLY HT-503 Dehumidifier Heater for LU-202 HT-504 Dehumidifier Heater for PF-602

42



LU-202 Large Capacity Tray 2500 sheet capacity PF-602 Paper Feed Unit 6000 sheet capacity (2x3000) OUTPUT FD-503 Multi-Folding Unit FS-520 Stapler Finisher FS-521 100-Sheet Stapling Finisher FS-607 Booklet Finisher LS-505 Large Capacity Stacker 5000-sheet capacity PB-502 Perfect Binder Unit PI-502 Post Inserter for FS-607 PK-512 2/3-Hole Punch Kit for FS-607 RU-504 Relay Unit (with power supply) SD-506 Saddle Stitch Finisher HDD HD-506 4 x 40GB Hard Drives CONTROLLER IC-304/Plus External Creo Image Controller IC-305 External Fiery Image Controller 1 GB 1GB Memory Upgrade for IC-305 2 GB 2GB Memory Upgrade for IC-305 Specification Sheets 1. bizhub PRO C6501 Specification sheet 2. bizhub PRO C5501 Specification & Installation Guide topicsinclude: Duty Cycle Space Requirements Environmental Requirements Electrical Requirements Component Considerations Paper Trays/Exit Tray Capacity Paper Size ADF Originals IC-408 Embedded Controller Specifications IC-304 Plus Print Controller Specifications IC-305 External Controller Specifications Security Strengthen Mode Paper Considerations Paper Weight Conversion Chart 3. bizhub PRO C65hc Specification sheet 4. bizhub PRO C65hc Specification & Installation Guide topicsinclude: Duty Cycle Space Requirements Environmental Requirements Electrical Requirements Component Considerations Paper Weight Paper Trays/Exit Tray Capacity Paper Size ADF Originals IC-304 Plus Print Controller Specifications IC-305 External Controller Specifications Security Strengthen Mode Paper Considerations Paper Weight Conversion Chart How to Build abizhub PRO C65hc System (from start to finish) Accessory Options for bizhub PRO C65hc Digital Color Printer. Notes : a. To open the file(s) using WinZip®, WinZip®should be installed. WinZip® can be downloaded from the WinZip® website:http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the localcomputer to view. b.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


43



DescriptionFS-503/FS-521, part number for staple case (not shown in Parts Manual).

Solution Staple case (s/n 15AA 4356 0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Moeller, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionItem number for the 200K PM kit.

Solution Item numbers for 200K PM kits are as follows: Item #DC65PM200 - Includes all 200K PM Parts (no developers or drums) Item #DC65X001 (Kit A) - Includes all 200K PM parts plus developers (1 each) Item #DC65X002 (Kit B) - Includes all 200K PM Parts plus developers (1 each) and four (4) drums. IMPORTANT : Formerly, PM kits A and B (discontinued Item #7640X025 and Item #7640X026) included all components of the 100K PM kit -- this is not the case with Item#DC65X001 and Item #DC65X002. The 100K PM kit must be ordered separately (see below). When ordering 100K PM kits, be aware that, due to a change in the Charging Corona for the new models, 100K PM kits are NOT cross-compatible betweenthe bizhub PRO C6500 and bizhub PRO C6501 series. The bizhub PRO C6500 series 100K PM kit (Item #DC65PM100) is for the bizhub PRO C6500, C6500P and C5500 ONLY. The bizhub PRO C6501 series 100K PM kit (Item #DC651PM100) is for the bizhub PRO C6501, C6501P and C5501 ONLY. Note : Please refer to attached marketing Bulletin 08-GB-084 and other 2 documents for details. -To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . -To view theExcel document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft® atthe following URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description CS Remote Care/vCare E-mail Setup Instructions.

Solution Attached are the zipped CSRC E-mail Setup Instructions: bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.8.5 bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.3.0 bizhub 360/420/500/600/750 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.2.1 bizhub PRO 920 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.8.2 bizhub C451/C550/C650/C203/C253/C353/C552/C652/361/421/501 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail (One-Way) Setup Instructions version 1.3.0

44



bizhub PRO 950 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail (One-Way) Setup Instructions version 1.3.2 bizhub C200 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.2.0 bizhub C450/C351/C250/C352/C300 CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.3.8 bizhub C451/C550/C650/C203/C253/C353 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail (Two-Way) Setup Instructions version 1.0.0 bizhub PRO C500/8050/IP-901/IP-921/IC-405/IC-302 vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.8.3 bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500/C5501/C6501/C65hc/Main body NIC vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Setup Instructions version 1.4.0 Notes : 1. To open the file WinZip® should be installed. WinZip® can be downloaded from the WinZip® website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file caneither be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. 2.This vCare documentation can also be found by using the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS ExpertSupport) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Please see attached procedure. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed.Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


DescriptionHow to remotely Create, Import and Export Account Track accounts using a browser.

Solution To create a large number of accounts in Account Track using an internet browser, follow these steps. This is faster and easier than creating them through theengine control panel. It has been tested with up to 200 accounts. You can use this method to transfer Account Track Information from one engine to another. 1. Enable Account Track on the engine using its control panel. a. Utility/Counter b. Administrator Setting c. User Authentication d. General Setting e. User Authentication f. User Authentication = OFF g. Account Track = ON h. Account Name = OFF i. Account Distribution Number = 1000 j. Account Track k. Copier/printer = USE l. Scanner = USE m. OK, Close, Close, Close. 2. Create at least one account using the control panel. 3. Export the account list from the engine to a local computer. a. With a browser, connect to the engine. (Not the controller) b. Using the web browser, go to Machine Manager Setting. c. Login to the engine. Login Name = admin ; Password = 12345678 . d. Setting Data Import/Export. e. Account Track Data (Tab Separated). f. Export. g. Save the resulting file (vt_tab.txt). 4. Edit the exported file using Microsoft Windows Notepad or another text editor. a. Add users as follows: password [TAB] username [TAB] 0 [Enter]. b. Repeat step (a) for each user. See the following example of an edited file. c. Save the file. 5. Import the edited file back to the engine. a. Click Import. b. Browse to the edited file on the local computer. c. Click Import. Note : The transfer is in real-time without the need to reboot the engine. Please see the attached sample txt output and procedure. To viewthe PDF, AdobeReader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to access the printer from a web browser. Can print to and PING the machine.

45



Solution CAUSE: TCP/IP conflict with another device on the network. SOLUTION: Remove the network cable from the printer and PING the same TCP/IP address again. If there is a Reply from the same TCP/IP address, workwith the network administrator to identify the other network device with the same TCP/IP address as the printer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description Printgroove supported models.

Solution The followingare supported by Printgroove version 1.5.0: bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP(embedded) bizhub PRO 950(embedded) bizhub PRO 920(IC-203) 7085(IP-602/IP-602M) bizhub PRO C500/8050(IP-901/IC-302/IC-405) bizhub PRO C500(IC-301) bizhub PRO C6500(IC-303/IC-305/IC-408/IC-304) bizhub PRO C6500P(IC-303/IC-305/IC-304) bizhub PRO C6501(IC-305/IC-408) bizhub PRO C6501P(IC-305) bizhub PRO C65hc(IC-305) bizhub PRO C5500(IC-408) bizhub PRO C5501(IC-305/IC-408) bizhub PRO C650(IC-409) bizhub PRO C550(IC-409) bizhub PRO 1051/1200/1200P(embedded) bizhub PRO 1600PwithSmart Imager R11 bizhub PRO 2000P withSmart Imager R11 bizhub PRO 2500P withSmart Imager R11 Xerox DocuTech 6100 seriesDocuSP4.x Note : Please refer to the attacheddocument for additional information on Printgroove supported models. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download afree copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description How to configure LDAP access on a Lotus® Notes R5 or R6 server. Performing a LDAP Search using an Anonymous Connection via Lotus Notes. (supportedLDAPVersion) not enabled.

46



Solution LDAP Production R5/R6 server setup : 1. Edit Notes.ini and add LDAP task. ServerTasks = Router, Replica, Update, Amgr, AdminP, CalConn, Event, Sched, Stats, HTTP, POP3, maps, LDAP. 2. Create a new Configuration document for LDAP to control Anonymous Access. 3. Create a new Configuration doc, call it Allservers in the Group or Server name, then save and close the doc. 4. Now open the Allservers doc. Note that the Basics tab has changed. 5. Select Use these settings as the default for all servers. Note that Group or Server name is now *-Default-. Also there is now an LDAP tab. 6. Click on the fields that you want to be accessible button. 7. Set it to show First Name InternetAddress and LastName only. Do this so only limited info is available. Notes : a. If you upgrade a server from a previous release to Lotus® Domino 6, the LDAP service uses the LDAP anonymous access configuration from the previousrelease. If you create or edit the domain Configuration Settings documents after updating the directory with the Lotus® Domino 6 PUBNAMES.NTF design,the list of attributes allowed for anonymous access include the following attributes (attached - ldap1.pdf)not listed in the previous release: b.The Allservers configuration doc will only affect the servers running LDAP. It will also allow the MFPs to access LDAP without using an authenticationaccount and password. This is the method that all users are using according to Lotus® Incident 1632724. c. Please refer to the attached document for more detail. d. To view the document(s), Microsoft® Word® or Word® Viewer must be installed. Word® Viewer 2003 (11.7MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft® atthe following URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?DisplayLang=en&FamilyID=95e24c87-8732-48d5-8689-ab826e7b8fdf . e. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to install an indicator light system (Status indicator light).

Solution Konica Minolta does not supply an indicator light system. However, one can be purchased and installed. The following information is needed: Patlite Corporation www.patlite.com/ Patlite LES-402A-RYGB (four light pole mounted system)Patlite SZ-012 Mounting Bracket (needed to mount the light pole to the machine)The following connectors are needed to connect the Light Pole Wiring to the machine: Tyco Electronics AMP www.tycoelectronics.com/ Connector (concave) - 179228-6 (CRIMP TYPE II RECPT HSG)Connector (convex) - 292254-6 (CT RELAY HDR ASSY 6P NAT)Pins (6 needed) - 179518-1 Connector packed in installation kit has 7 wires. Only six are usedfor the light bar. Pin 1 is marked in the plastic of the connector with the black wiresattached;please look closely.The wires on the machine plug side of the connector are numbered in reverse (pin 1 on the indicator light side of the connector is attached to pin 6 of themachine side). Keep this in mind when consulting themachine schematics and the Service Manual sectionfor connecting the indicator light.Connector pins below refer to the harness with the black wires that comes in the kit with the light. Pin 1 is not used (would be a ground but our system switches to ground) Pin 2 connected to the BLACK wire in the light harness(+24 volt power lead) Pin 3 is connected to the ORANGE wire in the light harness and causes the AMBER light to come on. This happens when the machine is out of toner. Pin 4 is connected to the RED wire in the light harness and causes the RED light to come on. This happens when there is a machine paper jam or whenthere is a paper mismatch from the Fiery® controller and the Detail Check button comes on requiring customer interaction. Pin 5 is connected to the GREEN wire in the light harness and causes the GREEN light to come on. This happens when the machine is operating normally(making copies). The BLUE light is also on at this time. Pin 6 is connected to the BLUE wire in the light harness and causes the BLUE light to come on. This happens when the machine is on and ready to copy,print or scan but not actually running. The BLUE light is also on with the GREEN light when the machine is operating and making copies. Note : This is a four-light system that indicates Ready, Operating, Low toner, and Jam.The wiring for the light system can be found in the ServiceManual.Please see attachments for reference. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone/Cesar Jimenez/Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD and Clinton Marquardt, ESS


47



DescriptionFor what is the Feature Update CD that ships with the IC-303 used?

Solution The Feature Update CD v1.1 is used to enable addon features that were purchased separately. This includes the FACI and Graphic Arts Premium packages.The CD is a bootable disk. Once booted, you will be offered an option to update the controller or to exit. You must have a dongle for the feature that is to beenabled before using this CD. You would insert the dongle prior to selecting the update option from the CD menu. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPower requirements.

Solution Power requirements: 208V ACto 240V AC,60Hz, 16A, (dedicated line) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable Blur Prevention for printing.

Solution To enable Blur Prevention for printing, perform the following: 1. Press the [Utility/Counter] button. 2. Select [User Setting]. 3. Select [Printer Setting]. 4. Select [Blur Prevention]. 5. Select [ON]. 6. Select [OK]. 7. Exit the User Setting mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to change the Image Quality Stability frequency.

Solution To change the Image Quality Stability frequency, perform the following: 1.Select the Utility/Counter button on the display. 2.Select #3 Machine Admin. Setting. 3.Select #1 System Setting. 4.Select #5 Expert Adjustment. 5.Select #7 Quality Adjustment. 6.Select #4 Image Quality Stability. Here you can select the Image Quality and frequency ± 2, or Speed. Note : When Image Quality Stability is chosen productivity may fail, when Speed is chosen, quality may fail. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionRU-503/RU-504 installation instructions are incomplete.

Solution The installation instructions for the RU-503/RU-504 are completed in the Installation Manual forwhatever finishing featureis connected to the unit. Attached isthe RU-503/RU-504 Installation Manual.

48



IMPORTANT ADDENDUM : The RU-504 has been changed for future model support. Included in this change is an extra connector. WARNING : Ifaperipheral is connected to this connector it will severely damage the bizhub PRO C6500 . When installing a peripheral on an RU-504 connected toa bizhub PROC6500, be certain that the correct connector is used (use only the REAR connectorwith the BLUE wires). Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6541 for the proper connection. Also, pleasesee the attached list of boardsto bereplaced (if a peripheral was connected to the wrong connector). To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must beinstalled. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


DescriptionHow to copy/print onto envelopes.

Solution Copying/printing onto envelopes is not recommended or supported. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD


DescriptionIs GBC® pre-punched paper a supported paper type?

Solution At this time GBC® pre-punched paperis not a supported type. If attempting to run this stock and a jamsoccurs, rotate paper to the 8.5x11R position or rotateimage and run with holes on trail edge. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable/disable the DETAIL CHECK button on the MFP display, and force printed jobs to printmessages such as "Please load designated Paper inTray”, “Incorrect paper size”, “Incorrect paper weight”, “To check details, touch [Detail Check]" is indicated”.

Solution To enable/disable the DETAIL CHECK button on theMFP display (this is done on the controller),perform the following: 1. Browse to the Fiery® controllers viathe TCP/IP address. 2. Launch the Fiery® Web Tools and log in under Administrator, Fiery.1. 3. LaunchConfigure. 4. Select Server. 5. Select Jobs and enable/disable the JOB MISMATCH ACTION IS DETECTED. Check/enable if you DO NOT want the message to be displayed on theMFPand uncheck/disable to have the message indicated. 6.Select Apply followed by a reboot of the controller. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCan NCR PAPER® be used as copy paper?

Solution NCR PAPER® is not a supported media type. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca and Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCan the IC-303 be used on the bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P?

Solution The IC-303 can be used on the bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P.The IC-303 must have version 2 system software installed. Version 2 software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Select Color Products => IC-303 => System Code.The version 2.0 code is under its own heading"Version 2.0" and contains the following files:

49



IC-303 IC-305 User Software Ver 2.0.iso(2.78 GB) IC-305 System Software Version 2.0.iso(3.25 GB) There are also quite a few relevant patches that are recommended to be downloaded and installed after the upgrade. Each has its own release notes for anexplanation of its function and how to install.The codes are for both the IC-303 and IC-305, which is why some files are listed as only IC-305. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE


Description Part Number for actuator in finisher stapler unit.

Solution Actuator (p/n 15SJ P720 00). This actuatordetects the remaining quantity of staples and may come off whenreplacing the staple cartridge. Notes : 1.This part iscompatible with the following: Mass production models ColorMFP FS-608/FS-607 - bizhub C650/C550/C451 and bizhub PRO C5500/C5501/C6500/C6500P/C6501/C6501P/C65hc B/WMFP FS-602/FS-604/FS-611 - bizhub 600/750 and bizhub PRO 920/950 Discontinued model FS-110(13QE)/FS-210(13QJ) - 7155/7165 FS-110(14JS)/FS-210(14JT) - 7272/7255 FS-108 - 7085/7075 2. Installation of Actuator Using tweezers (or something similar), please install the actuator in the position shown in theattached photo. Ensure to set the two pins on the side of theactuator andpay attentiontothe direction of the actuator. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS


DescriptionPower consumption data.

Solution Please see attachedpower consumption data for warm-up, standby, and running modes. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description What is the username and password for Extension for Maintenance (Web Utilities) when browsing to the mainbody NIC?

Solution The user ID is: ce (lowercase) and the password is: 92729272 . Note : The user namecannot be changed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio/Jim Behrends/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhat functions are restricted when operating EFI® Impose™ in Demo mode?

Solution EFI® Impose™ Demo mode is 100% functional and only differs from the retail product by printing a watermark on all pages with the word DEMO . The"DEMO" watermark is removed when an Impose™ dongle is inserted in the workstationon whichImpose™ is being invoked. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

50




DescriptionHow to enable a key counter or other vendor option.

Solution To enable a Key counter or other vender option, perform the following: 1.Enter the Service mode. 2.Press Stop, 9 to enter the Fee Collection Setting Mode. 3.Select Coin Vendor and set to Equip and press OK. 4.Select Management Function and select the correct settings for the equipment. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable/disable continuation print.

Solution To enable/disable continuation print, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Touch [02 User Setting] on the touchscreen. 3. Touch [03 Common Setting] on the touchscreen. 4. Next to the [Continuation print] mode selection choice displayed on the touchscreen, touch [Copy on] to enable or [Copy off] to disable. 5. Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 6. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to activate Toner Refresh mode.

Solution To activate Toner Refresh mode, perform the following: 1. Select Machine on the LCD screen. 2. Select Adjustment. 3. Select Execute Adjust Operation. 4. Select Toner Refresh Mode. 5. Select OK. 6. Select Exit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-503/FS-607 main tray stacking capacity.

Solution The main tray stacking capacity for standard 8.5x11 and A4paper size is 3000 sheets. With version 20 (Phase 2) firmware the main tray stacking capacity has changed for 8.5x14 11x17, 12x18, 13x19, A4, B3, large custom paper sizes, and isnow based upon paper weight. Up to 80gsm - 1500 sheets 81gsm - 135gsm - 1000 sheets 136gsm - 209gsm - 700 sheets 210gsm - 300gsm - 500 sheets Note : FS-607 does not support larger than 12x18 sheet exitingto the main tray. The sub tray must be used for these sizes. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

51




DescriptionOnly 30 one-touch locations for scan to SMB can be selected, yetdocumentation indicates that 500 can be input.

Solution CAUSE:Thedocumentation is incorrect. SOLUTION: The following iscorrect: Scan to SMB can store 30 locations. Scan to FTP can store 30 locations. Scan to HDD can store 150 boxes. Scan to E-mail can store 450 addresses. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to disable the centering sensors on the LU-202, PF-601 and ADU.

Solution The centering sensors for the LU-202, PF-601 and ADUcan be disabled by using the following DIP switches: LU-202/PF-601 - DIPsw 26-4 set to "1" ADU - DIPsw 26-5 set to "1" Note : These DIP switches were added in bizhub PRO C6500 version 30 firmware. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD and David Aekus/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhat are the drum part numbers?Drums are not listed in the Parts Manual.

Solution The drums are a supply item and are listed as the DU-102 (Item #A0400Y0). All 4 drums are the same. Notes : a.The DU-102B drum (polished) was developed to counteract the white spots that were caused by toner adhering to the black drum surface. The DU-102Bdrum should only be used for the black station, although in a pinch it can be used in any station. The bizhub PRO C6501 ships with the DU-102B druminstalled in the black station. b. The modified DU-102C Drum Kit (Item #A0400Y4) can now be used in place of the DU-102 and DU-102B. DU-102C is packaged the same as DU-102Bbut with a green dot label on each box.DU-102C = DU-102B drum + DU-101 cleaning blade/holder. c. Please see attached documentation for additional detail. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for freefrom the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description

52



Can the Pixel Ratio data be used to determine the toner usage or coverage?

Solution The pixel ratio data cannot be used to determine the toner usage or coverage. The pixel ratio data reported on the list is simply referential data and it is not designed for accounting purpose.The intentedpurpose of this data is to checkrough machine usage conditions (low coverage or high coverage). Therefore,KMBS does not recommendusing the pixel ratio data for accounting purpose. The pixel ratio is calculated from the actualarea written bythe write unitand the total paper area, based on A4 size. The calculation formula is as follows: Pixel ratio =actually written area for the period / total paper area for the period (# of sheets x A4 area). The total paper area in the above formula, however, is always calculated using A4 sizem regardless of the actualpaper size used. (One sheet of legal, letter,A3,or A5 paper is counted as 1 sheet of A4.) The calculationis not affected by any machine setting or market destination. The pixel ratio for an A3whole-area-solid image is calculated as 200%. If a customer prints many A3 whole-area-solids, the pixel ratio exceeds 100%. In addition,the pixel ratio datadoes not reflect the actual amount of toner attachedper dot.


DescriptionFinisher compatibility between bizhub PRO C5500/C6500 and bizhub PRO C5501/C6501.

Solution The bizhub PRO C6501 peripherals (FD-503, FS-521, LS-505, PB-502, SD-506) are not backwards-compatible to the bizhub PRO C5500/C6500. The bizhub PRO C5500/C6500 peripherals (FS-503, PB-501) are compatible with the bizhub PRO C6501. The bizhub PRO C5500/C6500 peripherals (FS-520, FS-607, LU-202, PI-502, PK-512, OT-502) are compatible with the bizhub PRO C5501. The PF-602 is compatible with the bizhub PRO C6500. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSupported peripherals and configurations.

Solution PrintStation 6565km supports the following peripherals : PF-601 -Two-Tray Universal Paper Feed Unit HT-504 -Heater for PF-601 LU-202 -Large Capacity Tray HT-503 -Heater for LU-202 FD-501 -Multi-Folding Unit OT-502 -Output Tray FS-503 -Staple/Stacker Unit SD-501 -Saddle-Stitch Unit LS-501 -Large Capacity Stacker FS-607 -Booklet Finisher PK-512(US) -Punch Kit PK-512(EU) -Punch Kit PK-513 -Punch Kit PI-502 -Post Inserter FS-520 -Staple Finisher PB-501 -Perfect Binder PrintStation 6565km supported configurations include: FS-503 FD-501 SD-501 LS-501 FD-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + LS-501 OT-502 FD-501 + SD-501 PB-501

53



FD-501 + PB-501 SD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + SD-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + PB-501 SD-501 + FS-503 FD-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 FS-607 (may include PI-502 + PK-513) FS-520 (may include PI-502 + PK-513) PrintStation 0105km supported peripherals: PF-701 -Paper Feeder Unit LS-501/LS-502 -Large Capacity Stacker FS-503 -Stapler Finisher FD-501 -Folding Unit SD-501 -Booklet Maker PB-501 -Perfect Binder Finsher Printstation 0150km Supported combinations include: FD-501 FD-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + FS-503 FD-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + LS-502 LS-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + LS-501 + FS-503 LS-502 SD-501 FS-503 LS-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + LS-502 FD-501 + LS-501 + FS-503 SD-501 + FS-503 PB-501 SD-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + SD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + LS-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to default the opening scan size of a scanned document from Adobe® Acrobat® 7/8/9.

Solution To default the opening scan size of a scanned document via Adobe® Acrobat® 7/8/9 perform the following: 1.Open a PDF. 2.Select Edit and then Preferences (see attached photo). 3.Click on Page Display => Magnification. Zoom to Scroll and select the desired opening size. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio/Ian Lynch/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description Option compatibility between original bizhub PRO 1050/bizhub PRO C6500 series andlatest bizhub PRO C6501 series. Options include: FD-501/FD-503 FS-503/FS-521 LS-501/LS-502/LS-505 PB-501/PB-502 RU-503/RU-504 SD-501/SD-506

Solution

54



The option configurations can be confusing between "old" and "new". Some questionsthat might come to mind are: Can "old" options be configured with "new" options? What options can be installed on the "01" series mainbody versus the "00" series? What options can be installed on either series? For answers, pleaserefer todetailed informationin theattached document. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


DescriptionHow to set up Scan to FTP on Microsoft® Windows 2008 Server.

Solution Please see the attached video for the procedure. The video should be played on Microsoft® Windows Media Player version 9 or later. The latest MediaPlayer can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to Scan to SMB or FTP in a Mac 10.xenvironment.

Solution See the attached PDF for instructions on setting up a Mac 10.x for scanning. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Randall Marquardt SSD/Workgroup


Description Vendor/key counter specifications and vendor-related firmware guide.

Solution The attached documents list all of the functions available for the MFPs when certain Vendor modes are enabled, and list any special firmware that might beneeded. This information applies to all KMBS equipment. If a function is listed as Not supported please use the Vendor-related Firmware updates documentto see if Special firmware is available for the MFP inquestion. If Special firmware is not available, please contact the SSD Hotline to submit a Product Change Request form. Note : To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS


DescriptionIs Bates Stamping supported?

Solution Bates stamping is not supported when scanning or printing to these models. However they can do something very similar when copying using stamping andoverlays. To perform this do the following: 1. Select Application from the copy screen. 2. Select Stamp/Overlay. 3. Here the settings that the customer wants can be selected. Date/time, Page number, and Set number if wanted. 4. Customize the placement of the stamps as needed when selecting. 5. If logo or text is to be always used an overlay can be created to select. 6. Once all the settings are as the customer wants they can be saved as a Mode Memory Job for one touch recall. This will allow the customer to perform all

55



the elements of Bates Stamping when copying with these models. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to set up scan to FTP with Creo IC-301 or IC-304/Plus.

Solution Scan to FTP is not available with the IC-301 or IC-304/Plus. As an altenative, the Remote Scan can be used. The Remote Scan utility can be loaded on a Workstation or the controller. This utility allows for the creationof scan boxes on the engine and to retrieve scans from those boxes. Scanning is performed on the engine using the scan to HDD option from the LCD panel. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description Standard memory for thebizhub PRO 6500 series.

Solution The standard memory is 256MB for each color. Note : Additional storage isobtained by installing the HD-506 (Item #A03Y0Y0). The HD-506 is used for stamp, watermark and overlay. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description How large of a "Trap" does Auto Trapping apply to a print and is it adjustable?

Solution Auto Trapping is not adjustable, and when enabled, will apply a 1 pixel trap around an object. If the Graphic Arts Premium Package is installed, traps areadjustable to almost any pixel width. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhat is the default user name and password for the Machine Manager Setting page of the main body web utilities?

Solution The default user name and password for the Machine Manager Setting page of the main body web utilities: User name: admin Password: 12345678 SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to disable auto shut off.

Solution To disable the auto shut off mode, perform the following: 1.Press the Utility/Counter key. 2.Touch [03 Machine Admin. Setting] on the touchscreen. 3.Enter the Administrator password (default password is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8). 4.Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 5.Touch [01 System Setting] on the touchscreen.

56



6.Touch [01 Power Save Setting] on the touchscreen. 7.Touch [Auto Shut Off] on the touchscreen. 8.Scroll to the top of the Auto Shut Off screen using the up/down arrows located on the right side of the touchscreen until [---min.] is highlighted on thetouchscreen. 9.Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 10.Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionAble to input account track setup data but the account will not create.

Solution CAUSE: An account with the same data already exists. SOLUTION: Create the account with a different name to remove the conflict. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhat is the total amount of scan designations for SMB that can be registered?

Solution The maximum number of SMB scan designations that can be registered is 30. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to check the machine humidity and temperature values.

Solution To check the machine humidity and temperature values, perform the following: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Select [PROCESS]. 3. Select [SENSOR OUTPUT CHECK]. 4. Select [HUMIDITY/TEMP]. 5. Select [START]. 6. Select [STOP]. 7. Exit Service mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to check the toner density sensor values.

Solution To check the toner density sensor values, perform the following: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Select [PROCESS ADJUSTMENT]. 3. Select [SENSOR OUTPUT CHECK]. 4. Select [TONER DENSITY RETURN MODE]. 5. Select the desired colors. 6. Select [START]. The machine will cycle and the toner density value will be displayed. 7. Select [CLOSE]. 8. Exit Service mode. Note : The optimum value for the toner density sensor is 127. If a value of ±5 is returned, run toner refresh mode and recheck the toner density sensorvalue.

57




DescriptionHow to enable/disable Pile Permission of the main tray on the LS-501.

Solution To enable/disable Pile Permission of the main tray on the LS-501, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select [USER SETTING]. 3. Select [COMMON SETTING]. 4. Select [NEXT]. 5. Next to Printer Job Stacker Pile, select [PERMISSION] or [PROHIBITION]. 6. Exit the User mode. Note : Version 25 firmware or latermust be installedto accessthis setting. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionIs printing or copying to 4x6 postcard stock supported?

Solution The smallest supported paper size is 5.5x8.5S for this engine. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to set up FTP Publishing Services on a Microsoft® Vista™ workstation.

Solution Please follow the step-by-step procedures as shown in the attacheddocument. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description How to print out the account data (account track, ECM, EKC) counter list from the main body.

Solution To print account track data list from the machine, perform the following:1. Enter the Admin Mode.2. Select #1 System Setting.3. Select #6 List/Count.4. Select Use Management List (this is the account track, ECM, ECK accounts list information). 5. Select Copy (upper left hand corner of the display) and thenpress the green Start button. Notes : a. Remember to exitAdministrator mode,press the Utility button (upper right-hand corner of the display) followed by the Return, Clear, Clear, and then Exit. b. Be sure to createone account under User Authentication Set or data will not print. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, David Aekus and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


58



DescriptionHow to bypass an external key counter for printing.

Solution To bypass an external key counter for printing, perform the following: 1. Enter Service Mode. 2. Press Stop and then 9. 3. Press Management Function. 4. Press NOT OBJECT for the printer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone/Jim Behrends/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhy, when inserting multiple pages from Post Inserter and attempting to subset staple, are all sheetsstapled? For example, if attempting to insert 3 sheetsinto a document and setting only the first 2 to staple, all 3 will be stapled.

Solution It is not possible to apply subset finishing properties to a group of inserts, as the inserts themselves are a subset. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to find/display a MAC address.

Solution To find the MAC address of a specific device in a Microsoft® Windows environment, such as a main body internal NIC, access the command prompt,PINGthe TCP/IP address of the device and then perform the command, arp –a . The attached procedures are for Microsoft® Windows 98/NT/2000/2003/XP, DOS/Microsoft® Windows 3.11/Microsoft® Windows for Workgroups, Microsoft®Windows Vista™ and Macintosh® OS X. To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe®web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note : Also attached is the Technitium MAC Address Changer© freeware program. This software is not supported by Konica Minolta and is to be used atyour own risk. To open the ZIP file, WinZip® should be installed. WinZip® can be downloaded from the WinZip® website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The filecan either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to set the control panel default screen to Copy.

Solution To set the control panel default screen to Copy: 1. In Utility Screen select USER. 2.SYSTEM SETTING. 3.DEFAULT SCREENand make desired setting. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionAre the color drum units the same as the black drum units?

Solution The color drum units and black drum units are not the same. The DU-102 (Item #A0400Y0) is used for cyan, magenta, and yellow. The DU-102B (Item#A0400Y2) is used for black. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD

59




DescriptionHow often should the gradation adjustment be performed and when.

Solution In general, the printer: should be calibrated at least once a day depending on the volume of print jobs. should be performed 30 minutes after the machine is powered on. should also be performed at least every 1000 copies or less depending on the coverage/fill of the copy/print jobs. Please refer to attached document for additional detail. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free fromthe Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to change scan compression.

Solution To change scan compression, perform the following: 1. Press 'Utility counter'. 2. Press 'User setting'. 3. Press 'Scan setting'. 4. Press 'Next'. 5. Press 'Next'. 6. Now you can change the compression to High, Standard, or Low. 7. Press 'OK'. 8. Close. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, ProductionPrint/SSD


DescriptionFS-521, readjustment required after updating to the latest firmware version.

Solution In accordance with the optimization of distance between alignment plates for stacker and paper exit in the manufacturing process, the default value of theprogram has been changed. Consequently, after updating FS-521 (N1) firmware to program version G00-2000, readjustment of the distance between alignment plates of stacker andpaper exit are necessary depending on the firmware program version previously installed. Before updating the program, please check installed programversion then perform adjustment as needed after updating. Affected machines FS-521 on which N1 firmware version G00-1100 or earlier program is installed. Note : If the program version is N1:G00-1200 or later, the adjustment is performed in the factory. Therefore, no adjustment is necessary in the field. Pleasenote that N1:G00-1200 is not released to the field as it includes only changes for manufacturing purposes. Adjustment procedure Adjust the distance between alignment plates of stacker and paper exit. Specifically, perform following 2 adjustments in the Service menu. Stacker alignment plate distance optimization At [07. Finisher Adjustment] => [01 Stapler Position Adj.] => [03 Paper Width (straight)], Full Area, enter [0] instead of the [-10]. Paper exit alignment plate distance optimization Check the paper exit alignment plate width by either Paper feeding check or I/O check mode then perform readjustment. Paper feeding check 1. Access copy screen from [07 Finisher Adjustment] => [01 Stapler Position Adj.] => [05 Exit Guide Paper Width], then make a copy to exit to FS-521main tray. 2. Check the paper exit: Exited paper should not touch the exit paper alignment plate. 3. Confirm that the exit paper alignment plate keeps the paper width distance after exiting the paper and in stand-by status. 4. Measure the distance at the lower part of alignment plates. That value should be within +/-1mm from the paper width. 5. If the +/- 1mm is not achieved by the above adjustment, perform following adjustment until the target value is achieved. Enter the adjustment value to the

60



[Full Area]: [07 Finisher Adjustment] => [01 Stapler Position Adj.] => [05 Exit Guide Paper Width]. [+]:To narrow width [-]: To widen width I/O Check 1. Access [05 State Confirmation] => [01 I/O Check Mode], then enter 72-94 (Alignment plate HP) => 72-95 (A4 Width stand-by position) => 72-96(A4 width alignment position) in order. CAUTION : Do not perform next step before previous operation completes. 2. Measure the alignment plates distance at the lower part at the 72-96 (A4 Width alignment position) and check the distance is within the range of 297mm to298mm. 3. If the target value is not achieved in step (2), perform adjustment until the value is achieved. Enter the adjustment value to the [Full Area]: [07 FinisherAdjustment] => [01 Stapler Position Adj.] => [05 Exit Guide Paper Width]. [+]: To narrow width [-]: To widen width For the alignment plates distance andmeasurement point, please see the following figures. Figure 1. Alignment plates distance Figure 2. Measurementpoint SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).


DescriptionWhy is there a 3-sheet limit when half folding paper on the FS-607?

Solution The 3-sheet limit is due to the fact that if more than 3 sheets are foldedthere is a good probability the paper will not stay together and cause a jam in thefinisher. That is whyup to 20 sheets of paper can bestapled; the staples actingas abind for the pages. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to change theinitial screen to black from color.

Solution To change the initial screen to black from color: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key.2. Select Initial settings.3. Select Copier initial settings.4. Wait for the copier screen to appear then change the setting to = black.5. PressOK then exit. To not have the copier initial screen default back to Color if the "RESET" button is pressed perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Select User Setting on the touchscreen. 3. Select System Setting on the touchscreen. 4. Select Reset Setting on the touchscreen. 5. Select Mode reset setting. 6: Select Reset Button function.7: Set to "Initialize".8. Press O.K.9. Press Exit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


Description How to change the Scan to E-Mail/Print via E-Mail ports.

61



Solution The default ports are 25 for outgoing and 110 for incoming. To change ports: 1. Browse to the Fiery® TCP/IP address. 2. Select Web Tools. 3. Select Configure tab. 4. Select Launch Configure. 5. A new window will open, input the Administrator password when prompted. 6. From settings list on left side (gray background), select Network. 7. In Network settings options, select Services. 8. In Services settings options, select either E-mail or Print via E-mail. 9. In E-mail settings options on right side of window (white background) select E-mail Setup. 10. A new window will open with E-mail Server settings. 11. Change port numbers as needed. 12. Select Save, window closes. 13. In original Configure window, select Reboot from left side menu (gray background) to apply setting changes. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionAre the developer supplies and the developing units interchangeable orcross-compatible between the bizhub PRO C6500 and the bizhub PRO C6501?

Solution The developer supplies and the developing units are interchangeable/cross-compatible between the bizhub PRO C6500 and the bizhub PRO C6501. Thepart numbers and item numbers are as follows. Developing Unit Y, M, C (p/n A03U R706 00) Developing Unit K (p/n A03U R707 00) Black Developer DV610K (Item #A04P600) Yellow Developer DV610Y (Item #A04P700) Magenta Developer DV610M Item #A04P800) Cyan Developer DV610C Item #A04P900) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionText Thinning/Reversed Text Enhancement Setting.

Solution Text Thinning/Reversed Text Enhancement Setting works on controller and engine at the same time. Please set carefully; refer tothe attached documents. Toview a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)


Description Multifunctional products and printers supporting bizhub vCare and/or Total Counter Notification.

Solution Download the attached document, which lists MFPs and printers compatible with vCare\CSRC (CS Remote Care) or Total Counter Notification in the engineadministrator mode. Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Rick Veale, ESS


DescriptionBoard part number cross-reference.

Solution

62



Please refer to attached documentation. The boards listed are: Operation Panel OACB IPB IMCB PRCB ACDB IFB HV1 HV2 DCPS1 DCPS2 CVDB Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPart number for the Konica Minolta logo 11x17 color test chart.

Solution Konica Minolta logo 11x17 color test chart (p/n 4036 7941 01). Please see the attached image for reference. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to archive a file from a MicroPress® 7/7.5/8 system.

Solution To archive a file from a MicroPress® 7/7.5/8 system, perform the following:1. From MicroPress®, highlight the file that is to be archived.2. From the MicroPress® toolbar, press the Archive button. This will bring up a dialog box which prompts for a destination to save the file.3. Select a location to save the file and select OK. The file will then be saved with an MSM extension. This is the archive format used by MicroPress®. The fileis then portable and can be "unarchived" on the same or another system. Job settings will be saved with the file. Note : Archiving is the method thatSSD requires if a file needs to be submitted for testing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPart numbers for the write units.

Solution Black write unit(p/n A0U0 R707 00) andcolor write unit(p/n A0U0 R708 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to change the default scan settings.

Solution To change the default scan settings, perform the following: 1. Press Utility/Counter. 2. Select User Setting. 3. Select Initial Setting. 4. Select Scan Initial Setting.

63



5. Make the desired settings. 6. Select OK. 7. Select Close. 8. Select System Setting. 9. Select Reset Setting. 10. Select Mode Reset Setting. 11. For Reset Button Function select Initialize. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionItem number for the 100K PM kit.

Solution When ordering 100K PM kits, be aware that, due to a change in the Charging Corona for the new models, 100K PM kits are NOT cross-compatible betweenthe bizhub PRO C6500 and bizhub PRO C6501 series. The bizhub PRO C6500 series 100K PM kit (Item #DC65PM100) is for the bizhub PRO C6500, C6500P and C5500 ONLY. The bizhub PRO C6501 series 100K PM kit (Item #DC651PM100) is for the bizhub PRO C6501, C6501P and C5501 ONLY. Note : Please refer to attached marketing Bulletin 08-GB-084 and other 2 documents for details. -To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . -To view theExcel document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft® atthe following URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to export the machine setting file for editing or importing to another machine.

Solution To export the machine setting file, perform the following: 1. Open the main body Web Utilities window. 2. Click on Machine Manager Setting. 3. Enter admin in the User Name text box and the 8-digit administrator password in the password text box. 4. Click on Setting data Import/Export. 5. From the Export section select the type of data to be exported using the drop-down arrow. 6. Click export. 7. Click Save from the File Download dialog box. 8. Choose a location to save the file and click Save. Notes : a. Attached is a screen sample of the procedure and atext file showingwhat the exported data will look like. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must beinstalled. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . b. The settings available for export are: Account Track settings E-mail address data HDD box numbers FTP server address SMB shared folder data c. The machine setting file can be edited and imported back to the machine or imported to another machine for common settings. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCan the Public User settings be modified?

64



Solution The Public User settings cannot be modified. If the customer requiresspecific settings, create a new user account and apply the applicable settings to thatparticular user account. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to set the machine to default to black for copy mode.

Solution To set the machine to default to black for copy mode, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility Button. 2. Select User Setting. 3. Select Initial Setting. 4. Select Copier Initial Setting. 5. For Color mode select Black. 6. Make any other desired initial settings. 7. Select OK. 8. Select Close. 9. Select System Setting. 10. Select Reset Setting. 11. Set Mode Reset Setting to Initialize. 12. Exit User mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description Unable to burn the IC-303 system code and user ISO files from the Konica Minolta Download Selector onto a CD.

Solution CAUSE: The system code and User files now come on DVD media. SOLUTION:Thesystem and user ISO files were createdfrom the original DVD media that ships with the IC-303. A DVD burner, DVD media and anapplicationthat supports both will be required to burn these ISO files.


DescriptionENERGY STAR compliance.

Solution The ENERGY STAR Program has been established to encourage the widespread and voluntary use of energy efficient technologies that reduce energyconsumption and prevent pollution. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Konica Minolta has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines forenergy efficiency, based on the following features. Auto Low Power -This function conserves energy by lowering the set temperature of the fixing unit. In the standard setting, Auto Low Power operatesautomatically when 15 minutes have elapsed after completion of the last copy, with theMFP remaining in the ready to copy state during that time. The timeperiod for the Auto Low Power function can be set for 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 60 minutes, 90 minutes, 120 minutes, or 240 minutes. Automatic Shut-Off -This function achieves further energy conservation by partially turning the power supply OFF, thereby reducing energy consumption to7.9W or less. In the standard setting, Automatic Shut-Off follows Auto Low Power, operating automatically when 90 minutes have elapsed after completion ofthe last copy, with theMFP remaining in the ready to copy state during that time. The time period for the Automatic Shut-Off function can be set for 30 minutes,60 minutes, 90 minutes, 120 minutes or 240 minutes. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

65




DescriptionOperating environment.

Solution The environmental requirements for correct operation of the bizhub PRO C6500/C5500 series are as follows: Minimum Environmental Requirements Optimal Environment Temperature 10 to 30°C (50 to 86°F) 18 to 23°C (64.4 to 73.4°F) Humidity 10 to 80% RH 40 to 60% RH SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable Security Strengthen Set.

Solution To enable Security Strengthen Set, perform the following: 1.Enter the Service Mode. 2.From the Operation panel select Stop, 0, C 3.Turn on CE Authentication and Administrator Authentication. 4.Set Passwords for both, and exit after setting. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to program the low power mode activation time.

Solution To program the low power mode activation time, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Touch [03 Machine Admin. Setting] on the touchscreen. 3. Enter the Administrator password (default password is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8). 4. Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 5. Touch [01 System Setting] on the touchscreen. 6. Touch [01 Power Save Setting] on the touchscreen. 7. Touch [Auto Low Power] on the touchscreen. 8. Scroll to the desired time for entry into the low power mode using the up/down key on the touchscreen. The selectable times are displayed on thetouchscreen with a minimum setting of 5 minutes and a maximum setting of 240 minutes. 9. Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 10. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

66




DescriptionHow to enable CE Authentication.

Solution To enable CE Authentication, perform the following: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Press Stop, 0, C. 3. Select CE Authentication. 4. Select ON. 5. To change the CE password from the default setting select CE Auth Password. 6. Enter the current password (the default password is 92729272). 7. Enter the new password. 8. Confirm the new password. 9. Exit Service mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to program the touchscreen auto reset timing.

Solution To program the touchscreen auto reset timing, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Touch [02 User Setting] on the touchscreen. 3. Touch [01 System Setting] on the touchscreen. 4. Touch [04 Reset Setting] on the touchscreen. 5. Touch [01 Auto Reset Setting]. 6. Touch the desired setting [OFF], [60 seconds], [120 seconds], [190 seconds], [240 seconds], [300 seconds], [360 seconds], [420 seconds], [480 seconds],or [540 seconds]. 7. Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 8. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to program the setup date.

Solution To program the setup date, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Press Stop-0-0-Stop-0-1. 3. Touch [03 System Setting] on the touchscreen. 4. Touch [04 Setup Date Input] on the touchscreen. 5. Input the month using the numeric keypad located on the operation panel or touchscreen, and then press [Set] on the touchscreen. 6. Input the day using the numeric keypad located on the operation panel or touchscreen, and then press [Set] on the touchscreen. 7. Input the year using the numeric keypad located on the operation panel or touchscreen, and then press [Set] on the touchscreen. 8. Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 9. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. 10. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to perform the Writing Initial Position Memory adjustment.

Solution WARNING : DO NOT PERFORM . This adjustment cannot be performed in the Field. Machine setting may be adversely affected if it is performed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

67




DescriptionHow to set the bizhub PRO C6500 to automatically select the same size copy paper as the original placed in the ADF.

Solution To set the C6500 to automatically select the same size copy paper as the original placed in the ADF, perform the following: 1. Select Utility/Counter. 2. Select User Setting. 3. Select Copy Setting. 4. Select ON next to Auto Detect Orig. Size in ADF. 5. Select OK, Close, and Exit to return to the main screen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to select a FULL SCAN AREA when scanning.

Solution To select a FULL SCAN AREA, perform the following: 1. Select the SCAN tab from the machine operational panel. 2. Select your type of scan along with the recipient destination. 3. Select Scan Settings. 4. Select the Size Setting under the scan size. 5. Select Custom and then Full Area. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to set the default scan screen displayed when selecting Scan mode.

Solution To set the default scan screen displayed when selecting Scan mode, perform the following: 1. Select Utility/Counter. 2. Select User Setting. 3. Select Scan Setting. 4. Select the desired default scan screen (E-MAIL, HDD, FTP, SMB, QUEUE) next to the Default Address selection. 5. Select OK, Close, Exit to return to the main screen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionItemnumber for the optional hard drive (HD-506).

Solution The HD-506 is actually a kit (Item# A03Y0Y0)that includes (4x40GB) hard drives (1 per color channel) mounted to a single board.This makes a total of 160GB of hard drive space. The drives are formatted (FAT32) and contain pre-loadedstamps and watermarks with plenty of room for user overlays.HD-506 is required for booklet pagination processing of copy jobs.It is not utilized for printingfunctions. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to Secure Print.

Solution To secure print, perform the following:

68



1. From the print driver properties, select the Job Info tab. 2. In the Secure Print dialog box, enter the desired alpha-numeric password. 3. Make any additional driver settings and print the document. 4. At the engine LCD screen, select Controller. 5. Select Job List. 6. Select Secure Print. 7. Select the Secure Print Password dialog box. 8. Enter the alpha-numeric password entered in the print driver. 9. Select the job to be printed. 10. Select Print. Note : The Secure Print job will not appear in the job log or be viewable from Command WorkStation™. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to change the Application Shortcuts displayed on the copy screen.

Solution To change the Application Shortcuts displayed on the copy screen, perform the following: 1. Press the [Utility/Counter] button. 2. Select [User Setting]. 3. Select [System Setting]. 4. Select [Shortcut Key Setting]. 5. Select [Application]. 6. Select the desired Application Shortcut to be displayed (the maximum number of applications that can be displayed is 30). 7. Select [OK]. 8. Exit the User Setting mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to print out the USE MANAGEMENT list.

Solution To print out the Use Management List, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Select #3 Machine Admin. Setting. 3. Select #1 System Setting. 4. Select #6 List/Count. 5. Select Use Management List. 6. Select the upper left COPY; this will bringup a basic copy screen. 7.Press the Start button; this should print out the Use Management List. 8. Exit by pressing the upper right UTILITY followed by Return and then Exit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionMSDS information for drum, developer and toner.

Solution Attached are the Material Safety Data Sheets for the bizhub PRO C5500/C5501/C6500/C6500P/C6500P/C6501/C6501P drum, developer and toner. Notes : 1. To open the ZIP file, WinZip® should be installed. WinZip® can be downloaded from the WinZip® website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . Thefile can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run. 2. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 3. The MSDS documentation is also available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers,

69



Firmware and more'.


DescriptionSD-501, trimmer lubrication.

Solution Periodic lubrication of the SD-501 trimmer has been added to the maintenance requirements for all units to maintain performance and reduce wear. Therecommended lubricant is Molykote® EM-30L grease (p/n 00GR00220). Some points are lubricated every 4,000,000 prints; others every 8,000,000 prints.Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6199 for complete details, including the parts to be lubricated and a detailed schedule. Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


Description Approved labels.

Solution Avery© 5160 labels listedon the attached Media Guide pages are approved. The labels can be run through the PF-601 or the LU-202 only. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description IsMagneCote® paper or magnetic backed paper supported?

Solution MagneCote® paperor magnetic backed paper is not supported. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, ProductionCustomer Support/SSD


DescriptionSD-501, part number for the trimmer pressing plate/C.

Solution Pressing plate/C in the SD-501 trimmer unit is the black plastic piece that the trimmer press presses the book against for trimming. The part is not shown inthe SD-501 parts guide. Pressing plate/C (p/n 15ANPA1100). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Moeller and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description

70



How to enable FTP Publishing Services on Microsoft® Windows XP Pro/Windows 2000/Windows 2000 Server/Windows 2003 Server.

Solution Please have the Network Administrator perform the setup procedures mentioned in the attached document. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must beinstalled. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note : I386 files may be required. The instructions are for Microsoft® Windows XP Pro/Windows 2000/Windows 2000 Server/Windows 2003 Server. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCan the developing unitsbe swapped for troubleshooting purposes?

Solution The developing units can be swapped to troubleshoot error codes related to them. For example, the error code C-2803 is displayed, indicating the Cyan unithas a failure. You may swap the suspected problem developing unit with the another developing unit (tape up the developer toner entrance hole) and poweron the machine. If the problem follows the developing unit and a different service code is indicated, then you have verified thatthe Cyan developing unit is atfault. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD


DescriptionPart number for the 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19).

Solution The 1st transfer pressure/release motor (M19) is listed as a paper feed motor in the parts catalog (p/n 08AA 8003 0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to find/display the MAC address in a Macintosh® OS X environment (versions 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5).

Solution Please perform the procedures mentioned in the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to check Java version on a Macintosh® OS 10.X.

Solution To check Java version on a Macintosh® OS 10.X: Open a Finder window=> select the base HD=> select Applications=> select Utilities=> select Java.All installed versions of Java will be listed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


71



DescriptionSerial number and meter reading location.

Solution Serial Number : Located inside Left Side Door on left frame UPC label. Meter: Mechanical Counter located inside Left Side Door above power switch. Left meter is total count, right meter is blank count. Software Counter and Serial number may be viewed by pressing Utility/Counter on the operation panel Note : Please see attachment. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionAre version 2 ICC profiles from 1.0a system code patch 1-UP600 included in 1.1 code?

Solution The version 2 ICC profiles contained in patch 1-UP600 for version 1.0a (for example Fiery® 65C-KM Coated G v2.icc) are included in the software for newlyordered Fiery® systems but not included in the downloaded or ordered system code update software. To obtain these profiles, install the attached 1-VNT51patch.The patch is alsoavailable via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCan the IKON versionmachine be converted to the Konica Minolta version?

Solution Due to differences of the machines, this is not possible. Among the many other differences, the IKON version will not accept a Konica Minolta firmware flashand the Konica Minolta version will not accept an IKON flash. Please do not attempt a conversion of the machine. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionVersion 40 firmware information.

Solution The firmware is available for download via the SSD support site;1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com 2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page.3. Select the "SSD" link located on the left.4. Select the "SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.5. Select the "Download MSDS,Drivers,Firmware and more" link located on the left. Note : Please refer to attached Release Notes prior to firmware update. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BES


DescriptionWhat components are referred to as Lock Lever 1 and 2 in the Service Manual?

Solution The attached document contains information from the Parts Manual and provides the location of Lock Lever 1 and 2. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® mustbe installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


Description

72



IC-304 User Guide.

Solution Please refer to the attached IC-304 User Guide (4.84MB). To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for freefrom the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Some of the topics addressed in the User Guide: Printing a Job from a Client Workstation EZ Connect Remote Workspace Creo Color Server Job Ticket Software Web Center Basic Workflows Managing Jobs Color Workflow VI Workflow System Administration Setting Parameters


DescriptionProduct specification for Fiery® Paper Catalog.

Solution There are basic product specifications for the interface of the bizhubPRO C6500/C6501 and Fiery® Server. bizhubPRO C6500/C6501 can write the data to Fiery® Server Fiery® Server cannot write the data to bizhub PRO C6500/C6501 Choose the registered paper data for your purposes. The paper registered from bizhub PRO C6500/C6501 to Fiery®: Copy, Print The paper registered from Command WorkStation™ to Fiery®: Print Note : The paper type registered from Command WorkStation™ to Fiery® cannot be seen on bizhubPRO C6500C6501 LCD panel and it cannot be usedfor a Copy job. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).


DescriptionWhat is the size counted for Infinite1 to Infinite5 and Longpaper on the Machine Management List?

Solution The size counted as Infinite1 to Infinite5 and Longpaper can be switched byDIP switch8-7. The function has been includedsince firmware30.0 (versionG00-30). DIPSW 8-7= 0 Infinite1: 196mm or less Infinite2: 250mm or less Infinite3: 330mm or lessInfinite4: 390mm or less Infinite5: 456mm or lessLongpaper: 457mm or greater DIPSW 8-7=1 Infinite1: 196mm or lessInfinite2: 490mm or lessInfinite3: 700mm or lessInfinite4: 900mm or less Infinite5: Over 900mm Factory default :DIPSW 8-7= 0 Note : The custom size for DIPSW 8-7=1 setting is Japanese specification only. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).


Description

73



Is the bizhub PRO C5501/C6501 ISO 15408 certified?

Solution The bizhub PRO C5501/C6501 machines are certified for ISO 15408 with the initial release firmware of version 41. Later versions of firmware may not becertified so check with the customer before updating the firmware if ISO 15408 may be needed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to obtain the main body MAC address.

Solution The main body MAC can be obtained by PINGing the main body NIC, After thePING completes, type in ARP-A in the command prompt and hit enter, this willlist the TCP/IP addresses on the subnet and their MAC address. Locate the main body NICTCP/IP address in list. Note :To get the main body NICTCP/IP, go to "Utility" => "Machine admin" => "Network setting" => "Machine NIC". SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionInformation concerning the 100K PM kit and 200K PM kit.

Solution Please be aware of thechangesto PM kits. Whereas the bizhub PRO C6500/C5500 200K PM kit included all components in the 100K PM kit, this is NOT the case with the PM kits for the bizhub PROC6501/C5501.The 200K PM kit (Item #DC651PM200), PM kit-A(Item #DC56X001) and PM kit-B (Item #DC65X002) DO NOT include any 100K PMcomponents, therefore, a new 100K PM Kit (Item #DC651PM100) should be ordered for each and every bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C5501 PM.For example,a 200K PM would require both a 200K PM Kit and a 100K PM Kit. When ordering 100K PM kits, be aware that, due to a change in the Charging Corona for the new models, 100K PM kits are NOT cross-compatible betweenthe bizhub PRO C6500 and bizhub PRO C6501 series. The bizhub PRO C6500 series 100K PM kit (Item #DC65PM100) is for the bizhub PRO C6500, C6500P and C5500 ONLY. The bizhub PRO C6501 series 100K PM kit (Item #DC651PM100) is for the bizhub PRO C6501, C6501P and C5501 ONLY. Note : Please refer to attached marketing Bulletin 08-GB-084 and other 2 documents for details. -To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . -To view theExcel document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft® atthe following URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionGuide Plate Assembly (Conveyance Guide Plate/J) part number.

Solution Attachment Guide Plate Assembly (Conveyance Guide Plate/J)- lower portion only (p/n 15AG46411E) and thecomplete plate assembly (p/n 15AG1130). Note : Please see attachment for Guide Plate location. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for freefrom the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description

74



Is the FD-501, SD-501, LS-501, FS-503, or PB-501 compatible with the bizhub PRO C6501?

Solution Only the FS-503 and PB-501 can be used on the bizhub PRO C6501. Special firmware is NOTrequired. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BES


DescriptionHow to set the Toner Refresh Interval rate.

Solution To set the Toner Refresh Interval, pleaseperform the following: 1. Enter Service mode and select #2 Process Adjustment. 2. Select #5 Interval/Quantity Adj. 3. Select # 2 Auto Refresh Interval. 4. Set Execution to ON and then set the Execution Frequency for the interval desired. Small = 1000 prints Middle = 500 prints Large = 330 prints SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionMicroPress® support, bizhub PRO C5501/C6501.

Solution The bizhub PRO C5501/C6501 is supported with MicroPress® release 7.5.1 EFGS. Notes : 1.The IC-408 connector must be at version 2.0 system code. 2.See attached MicroPress® 7.5.1 EFGS Service Bulletin. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionIn some cases, the SD-501trimmer does not function correctly, even after replacing the roller guide as described inBulletin #6360.

Solution CAUTION: Before proceeding with any of these adjustments, follow the steps in Bulletin #6360. Three (3) adjustments to resolve trimming problems PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS Adjustments mayincludescrews which are described in the Service Manual as not to be replaced. Before attempting, please understand that these adjustments mayrequires a lot of skill. Reasons foradjustments a. Many reported SD-501 problems can be resolved by performing these adjustments. b. Thematerial of the trimming board (p/n 15AN52821E) has changed. These adjustments must be applied if the trimming boarddiffers between the before and after replacement.

Remarks Pay attention to the following before making each adjustment: a. Check the symptom very carefully. b. Specific tools (not necessary for usual service activity)are necessary for some adjustments. c. WARNING : Some adjustments may involve risk. Be very careful with operating environment.

Procedure 1. Blade cut-in amount adjustment This adjustment is effective for the following cases: a. Sheets are not trimmed properly. b. Burr mark of the trimming board is on sheet. c. Trimming board is cracked with trimming operation.

75



CAUTION : If this adjustment is not performed properly, trimming board and trimming unit may get damaged.Therefore, pleasecomprehend the procedurebefore performing this adjustment. For the details, see Document 1 of the attached Excel® file.

2. Trimming unit stopper adjustment This adjustment is effective for the following cases: a. Sheets are not trimmed properly. b. Burr mark of the trimming board is on sheet. c. Trimming board is cracked with trimming operation. d. The material of the trimming board differs between before and after replacement. CAUTION : If this adjustment is not performed properly, trimming board and trimming unit may get damaged.Therefore, pleasecomprehend the procedurebefore performing this adjustment. For the details, see Document 2 of the attached Excel® file.

3. Trimming board shifting amount adjustment This adjustment is effective for the following cases: a. Trimming amount is not constant. b. The material of the trimming board differs between before and after replacement. Other than this adjustment, there is the countermeasure to stabilize the trimming board shifting amount on the paper adjustment unit (p/n 15AN50923H). For the details, see Document 3 of the attached Excel® file. To view the attached document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel®Viewer 2003 (74.1MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft® at the following URL:http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=1CD6ACF9-CE06-4E1C-8DCF-F33F669DBC3A&displaylang=en . Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).


DescriptionWhere are the ICC color profiles stored on a Macintosh OS X system?

Solution Color Profiles are stored in the Libraries ? Colorsync ? Profiles folder. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to install “Print Services for UNIX” on a Microsoft® Windows 2000 computer.

Solution To install “Print Services for UNIX” on a Microsoft® Windows 2000 computer: 1. Open the Start => Settings => Network and Dial-up Connections dialogue.2. In this window, click on the “Add Network Components” link.3. With your Microsoft® Windows 2000 installation CD in the drive, checkmark “Other Network File and Print Services;” Next.4. The “Print Services for UNIX” should then install. You will now be able to set up an LPR connection to your Fiery® controller. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionMacintosh® OS 10.5 driver availability. No driversappear to belisted in the KMBS Download Selector.

Solution CAUSE: Macintosh® OS 10.5 drivers are available with system code 2.0. SOLUTION: Update system code and user software to version 2.0. The latest version of firmware, system software or print drivers is available via the KonicaMinolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

76




DescriptionIs the IPB part number the same for the bizhub PRO C6501 as it is for the bizhub PRO C6500?

Solution The bizhub PRO C6501 Image Processing Board is not the same part number as the bizhub PRO C6500. The bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C5501 IPB (p/nA0U0 H020 02). The bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500 IPB (p/n A03U H020 15). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionRU-503/RU-504, prevention of static build-up.

SolutionModified parts are available to prevent static build-up. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6657 for the details. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® mustbe installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


Description How many E-mail addresses can be programmed?

Solution A total of 500 E-mail/FTP/HDD/SMB destinations/one-touches can be registered. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to center an 8.25x10 original onto an 11x17 sheet of paper when copying off the glass.

Solution To center the 8.25x10 original to be copiedfrom the platen glass, perform the following: 1. On theMFP control panel, select the Original Setting button. 2. Select the Size button and select Custom. 3. Select 8.5x11 (Letter R) and press OK 2 times. 4. Select Zoom and set it to x1.33. 5. Select the 11x17 paper tray. 6. Select the Application button and select Image Centering. On this same screen, select Non-Image Erase and verify it is no longer highlighted. Press OK. 7. Place the original on the glass in the Letter R direction. 8. Press Start. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to prohibit/allow change of send address.

Solution To prohibit/allow change of send address, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Touch [03 Machine Admin. Setting] on the touchscreen. 3. Touch [01 System Setting] on the touchscreen. 4. Touch [04 Operation Prohibit Set] on the touchscreen. 5. Touch [02 Change Prohibit Setting] on the touchscreen. Change Send Address will be displayed on the touchscreen. 6. Touch [Permission] or [Prohibition] as desired by the customer. 7. Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 8. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ted Young, Production Print/SSD

77




DescriptionExplanation of the counter data (Volume track) on the Use Management page.

Solution Below is an explanation of how the counts listed on the Use Management page are calculated: Copier count Full (L) : Large size count with Full color, Total : total count with Full color Mono (L) : Large size count with Mono color, Total : total count with Mono color Bw (L) : Large size count with B/W, Total : total count with B/W If you want to get the small size count with Full color, please calculate the following: ( Total : Full color total count) - ( Full (L) : Full color & Large size count) = Small size count with Full color Printer count Full (L) : Large size count with Full color, Total : Total count with Full color -------- : Blank, -------- : Blank Bw (L) : Large size count with B/W, Total : total count with B/W Scanner count Large : Large size count, Total : Scan Total count -------- : Blank, -------- : Blank -------- : Blank, -------- : Blank Original Count : Original is counted up as one count when duplexing. Paper Count : Exited paper is also counted up as one count when duplexing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow many sheets can be saddle stiched to make booklets?

Solution According to specifications, the maximum saddle stitching capacities are: 20 sheets of 64 to 105 g/m paper (18-28 lb. bond) 16 sheets of81 to 105 g/m paper (22-28 lb. bond) For further details, refer to the attached document. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Marge McLea, Production Customer Support/SSD


Description The scaleindicatedon the Density Unevenness Adjustment setting screen looks different from the actual print pattern. Scale line No. 4 looks like thecenterline of the test pattern and may cause confusion.

Solution Scale line No. 4 is off-center by about 10mm on an actual print pattern. The scale of an actual print pattern corresponds with the position to be adjusted.Therefore, please adjust according to the scale. Theexampleshown in theService Manual ( NG image below)will be modified( Correct image below) withthenext revision. Attached is the unrevised Density Unevenness adjustment procedure. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .

78



SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).


DescriptionHow to remove the SD-501 Bundle Press.

Solution The attached documentation provides detailed description of the Bundle Press removal process. Note :To view the attached document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free fromMicrosoft® at the following URL;http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501 Up-Down Conveyance Section removal procedure.

Solution The attached documentation provides detailed description of theSD-501 Up-Down Conveyance section removal. Note :To view the attached document, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free fromMicrosoft® at the following URL;http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description How to change the Electronic Meter Count (utility button) to display in size versus color for the Classified Copy Count by Paper Size.

Solution The count indicated at the left side of the utility screen can be switched as follows:DipSW 14-1 = 1: Enabled - Displays the electronic meter count (Utility button) to Sizes of paperDipSW 14-1 = 0: Disabled (default) - Displays the electronic meter count (Utility Button) to Colors of paper. Note : The same information is added to the Counter List and Management List. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLS-501/LS-502, interchangeability of Built-In Trolley and spare parts information.

Solution An additional Trolley can be ordered for use in the LS-501/LS-502. Take care to note interchangeability of the old and new styles.See attached BulletinNumber 5861 for details. To viewthw PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhat to do when a customer or technician callsrequesting information about a leased printer or MFP.

Solution

79



Pleaserefer them to 877-451-1731. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBS - Mobile, AL


DescriptionMicroPress® 8 supported peripherals and configurations.

Solution bizhub PRO C5500/C5501/C6500/C6501 Supported equipment for PrintStation 6565km PF-601 Two-Tray Universal Paper Feed Unit HT-504 Heater for PF-601 LU-202 Large Capacity Tray HT-503 Heater for LU-202 FD-501 Multi-Folding Unit OT-502 Output Tray FS-503 Staple/Stacker Unit SD-501 Saddle-Stitch Unit LS-501 Large Capacity Stacker FS-607 Booklet Finisher PK-512(US) Punch Kit PK-512(EU)Punch Kit PK-513 Punch Kit PI-502 Post Inserter FS-520 Staple Finisher PB-501 Perfect Binder Supported combinations include: FS-503 FD-501 SD-501 LS-501 FD-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + LS-501 OT-502 FD-501 + SD-501 PB-501 FD-501 + PB-501 SD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + SD-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + PB-501 SD-501 + FS-503 FD-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 FS-607 (may include PI-502 + PK-513) FS-520 (may include PI-502 + PK-513) bizhub PRO C500 Support for PrintStation 5050km2 Server version: 2.01 and 2.0 are both supported. Patch version: Server 2.01 requires Base Patch: 1-RP1E5 Server 2.0 requires Base Patch: 1-PUR26 Supported optional equipment for PrintStation 5050km2 LT-211 LCT FS-513 Stapler Finisher FS-606 Booklet Finisher PI-110 Post Sheet Inserter PK-507/PK-508 Punch Kit TU-109 Trimmer Unit

80



bizhub PRO 1050 PrintStation 0105km Engine firmware IP Control: 72-BCL0 Image Control: 70-0000 Print Control: 71-0000 Supported optional equipment for 0105km PF-701 Paper Feeder Unit LS-501/LS-502 Large Capacity Stacker FS-503 In-Bin Stapler Finisher FD-501 Folding Unit SD-501 Booklet Maker PB-501 Perfect Binder Finisher Supported combinations include: FD-501 FD-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + FS-503 FD-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + LS-502 LS-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + LS-501 + FS-503 LS-502 SD-501 FS-503 LS-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + LS-502 FD-501 + LS-501 + FS-503 SD-501 + FS-503 PB-501 SD-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + SD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + LS-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 Note : Please see attached EFI Service Bulletin for more detail. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloadedfor free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhat is the FS-607 exit tray capacity for 163-209 GSM, 12x18 paper?

Solution The FS-607 exit tray capacity is 2500 sheets of 22lb 8.5x11 paper or 1500 sheets of 22lb. 12x18. The machine uses the paper weight and paper size information to establish the maximum capacity of the exit tray. There is no breakdown available for allpaper weights. Please refer to the attached machine specificationstaken fromthe Service Manual for more information. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionIsthe fuser interchangeable?

Solution The fuser (p/n A03U R791 11)is interchangeablebetween models. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD

81




DescriptionWhy job quantity does not count down when printing.

Solution This is normal operation for this model. The remaining quantity of a job can be viewed from Fiery® Command WorkStation™. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, how to use hole punch on tab paper.

Solution Hole punch on tab paper cannot be accomplished. This is normal operation of the machine and aspecification for the FS-607. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhat is the recommended MD5 checker?

Solution Therecommended MD5 checker is HkSFV (download attached file). HkSFV uses CRC-32 and MD5 technology to validate the integrity of files that you have downloaded or moved through a potentially unstable medium (burntto CD, transferred over the Internet/LAN). HkSFV can verify your files in seconds and is compatible with Win-SFV and md5sum. HkSFV is the simple, easy and most automatic application to create or check SFV and MD5 files. What is an SFV? An SFV file is a tiny list of files and CRCs, which allow you to check to see if the files you have downloaded are exactly what you are expecting. The CRCalgorithm used in SFV files allows you to see if the file you have has been changed, even a single byte, since the SFV file was created. What is an MD5? MD5 did not exist until somewhat recently, as md5sum is a popular UNIX format similar to SFV and UNIX does not use file extensions the way Microsoft®Windows-based systems do. MD5 uses the md5 algorithm to computechecksums, rather than the CRC-32method used by SFV. The md5 algorithm is almostas fast as CRC-32, but it is much more accurate at detecting changes in files. Some key features of HkSFV: Easy installation and automatic uninstallation (leaves no trace in the registry, even goes one step further than most programs and restores previous fileassociations when you remove it) One-click creation and checking of SFVs and MD5s Flawless & smooth upgrading to new versions (simply install the new version) Automatic association with SFV files, and an option to fix file association when other programs steal it Handles SFV and MD5 files from any other program invisibly (including files created on *NIX) Database/cache of previously checked files Batch SFV and MD5 checking - queue up and check many SFVs and MD5s in one pass, specify a directory and check all the SFVs and MD5s in thatdirectory (including subdirectories, if you want) Automatically find renamed files while checking SFV or MD5 files Enqueue SFVs or MD5s during file verification Recursive directory support during creation and verification Supports creation of .bad and .missing files, or deleting failed files Drag-and-drop SFV or MD5 file or directory to create/check SFV or MD5 SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionDrum Units, DU-102/DU-102B, changed toDU-102C.

82



Solution 1.PurposeTopreventdrum cleaning blade from flipping. 2.Item changedtoDU-102C (Item #A0400Y4). 3.The technical improvement from DU-102/DU-102B to DU-102C:The drum surface status and the cleaning blade contacting angle have been changed. Details are as follows. Surface of Drum (DU-102C uses the DU-102B rough surface) DRUM SURFACE DU-102 = Smooth DU-102C/DU-102B = Rough Cleaning blade contacting angle (DU-102C uses the DU-101 cleaning blade and holder to reduce the cleaning bladecontacting angle. DU-101 is installed onbizhub C500/8050) BLADE ANGLE DU-102/DU-102B = Larger DU-102C/DU-101 = Smaller Note : DU-102C is packaged the same as DU-102B but with a green dot label on each box.DU-102C = DU-102B drum + DU-101 cleaning blade/holder. Please see attached documentation for additional detail. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for freefrom the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


DescriptionAre the bizhub PRO C5500/C6500 toner bottles compatible with the bizhub PRO C5501/C6501?

Solution The bizhub PRO C5500/C6500 toner bottles are keyed differently and cannot be installed in the bizhub PRO C5501/C6501. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionIC-305 compatibility.

Solution The IC-305 issupported with the bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C6501/C6501P/C65hc. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPaper feed/exit size and maximum image area.

Solution Maximum imaging area of main body is 318mm x 480mm. Paper feed/exit size are different on each option. DF-609 FD-501/FD-503 FS-503/FS-520/FS-521/FS-607 LS-501/LS-505

83



OT-502 PB-501/PB-502 PF-601/PF-602 PI-502 RU-503/RU-504 SD-501/SD-506 Note :Please see attached files foradditional information. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for freefrom the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


DescriptionIn the case of demonstrations or othersituations in which customers do not want to wait for the glue to heat, can the heater be set to stay on all the time?

Solution Yes. To keep the PB heater on continuously, access the service mode/System Setting/Soft Switch Setting and change switch 21, bit 2 to "1" (on). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD


DescriptionPart number for the FD-501/FD-503 Punch Guide Plate.

Solution FD-501/FD-503 Punch Guide Plate/A (p/n 15AH 5004 0). Note : Pleaserefer to attached Bulletin Number6822for details. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded forfree from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description OUI list for KMBS products

Solution The first three octets (in transmission order) of the MAC Address identify the organization and are known as the Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI).Some customers may want these numbers toadd KMBS productstoan exception list. The attached file lists the OUI ofpopular models. If OUIs for other models are needed,establish a new ticket for the request. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Stu Dern, ESS


DescriptionParts modification - change of torque limiter and pin.

Solution A modified Torque limiter/A (p/n A03X 5656 00) and Pin B (p/n 56AA 1751 0) have been changed for the purpose of parts sharing (commonality). Please seeattached Parts Modification Notice for the associated item locations ineach Parts Manual. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. AdobeReader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . ORIGINAL PART NUMBERS

84



56AA 4041 1 - Torque limiter/A 56AA 1731 0 - Pin B 4024 2062 01 - Torque limiter/A (Di7210 and CF5001 only)4594 2214 01 - Pin B (Di7210 and CF5001 only)


Description FS-521, how to use the Interrupt (temporary stop)button.

Solution Exiting paper to the main tray stops temporary by pressing the temporary stop button for more than 1 second (around 2-3 seconds) while in the straight modeor the shift mode. Press start key of the main body to restart. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU)


DescriptionHow to change the touchscreen default measurement display for custom size programming from metric to inches.

Solution To change the default measurement display for custom size programming from metric to inches, perform the following: 1.Press the Utility/Counter key. 2.Touch [02 User Setting] on the touchscreen. 3.Touch [01 System Setting] on the touchscreen. 4.Touch [02 Unit Display] on the touchscreen. 5.Touch [Inch (decimal point)] on the touchscreen. 6.Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 7.Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ted Young, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhereto find the "Job Template" option in the new print driver for version 3.0 system code. The Template option was available in the previous releases of theprinter driver for version 2.0 and version 2.1 system code.

Solution The "Job Template" option is not currently available in the printer driver for version 3.0 system code. A later release of the printer driver will include thisoption. If this functionality is required, please revert the controller to version 2.1 system code and utilize those printer drivers. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS


DescriptionInstallation Manuals for certain options identify MFPs by ppm (pages-per-minute) rather than model designation.This can be confusing.

Solution The followingclarifies whichppm reference relatesto which designatedMFPin the Installation Manuals. bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP are referred to as 105ppm. bizhub PRO 1051 is referred to as 105ppm-2. bizhub PRO 1200/1200Pare referred to as 120ppm. bizhub PRO C5500/C5501 are referred to as 55ppm

85



bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C6501/C6501P are referred to as 65ppm bizhub PRO C65hcis referred to as 65ppm-ePV SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to install the GP-501 due to a missing connector on the RU-504. The GP-501 InstallationManual indicates to connect the 5 connectors from theGP-501 to the RU-504, but the RU-504 only has 4 connectors. The missing connector is a 6-pin connector consisting of 2 rows of 3 pins.

Solution CAUSE: The RU-504 is an older incompatible version. SOLUTION: The newer style RU-504 must be used with the bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C65hc and GP-501 (see attached documentation as a reference). Notes : 1.The older style RU-504 is Item # A04K0Y0 and will use this number as the beginning of the serial number. For example, the serial number for an olderstyle RU-504 would be A04K0Y0 123456 . The newer style RU-504 is Item # A04KWY1 and will use this number as the beginning of the serial number. For example, the serial number for annewerstyle RU-504 would be A04KWY1 123456 . 2. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®.


DescriptionFD-503, can custom size pages be manually folded through the PI-502.

Solution Only standard size pages can be manually folded using the PI-502. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


Description A number of issueshave been addressed in firmware v60-GMO.

Solution The following issues have been addressed in v60-GMO firmware. Newly added function/Specification changes 1)CSRC setting information can be saved to and restored from the USB memory. 2) The DIPSW19-4* function has been moved from Service mode to User mode. *DipSW19-4: Double feed detection sensor of PFU can be turned on/off [Utility]-[02 User Setting]-[03 Common Setting]-[Next]-[Detect Double Feed JAM]-[Off/On] 3) When the pixel ratio value on list print is corrupted, code C-4860may occur. This code can be cleared by turning the machine off and on. The pixel ratiocounter may be cleared by performing I/O check mode 90-04. This can only be done while the C-4860 code is showing. 4) The DIPSW23-6* function has been moved from Service mode to User mode. *DipSW23-6: Change of staple angle on FS-521/FS-503. The staple angle can be selected withthe following setting: [Utility]-[02 User Setting]-[03 Common Setting]-[Next]-[Backside Stapler Angle]-[Oblique/Horizontal] NOTE: In the case of the FS-503 being used on the MFP, firmware v28-GM0 must installed on the FS-503 in order for this function to work. Malfunction corrections 1) When installing ver.60, and using CSRC modem, it is impossible to get the data by using the S7 command. 2) Copier HDD capacity is not displayed correctly on Fiery Web connection. NOTE: The firmware is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector:1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com .

86



2. Select the "Service" tab located at the top of the page.3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located to the left.4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located to the left.6. Select a Product Group and then a Product (model). A File Type and OS are optional selections.7. Click on ? Show.8. All product-related downloads are listed with the most current at the top of each category. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS


DescriptionConfiguring the IC-304 to a PRINERGY®. PRINERGY® Evo® 4.0, BRISQUE®, or iWay Prime© Press-sense® Workflow.

Solution Please refer to the linked CREO© Connectivity Guide when installing an IC-304 with the following application/workflow: Kodak© PRINERGY® PRINERGY®Evo® 4.0 iWay Prime© Press-sense® Kodak© BRISQUE® Note : To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionDoes the fan heater (HT-503) come standard or is it an option for the LU-202?

Solution HT-503 (Item#A0410Y0) is an option for the LU-202.This option is highly recommended for customers who plan to run coated stock and/or operate in humidenvironments.

87


bizhub PRO C6501 Original jam, no-feed, multi-feed, folding, tearing, skewing, curling


Description DF-609, front-to-rear registration is off. Image shift in main scan direction. Printer internal test pattern #16and off platen glass registration is good.

Solution CAUSE: DF-609 needs centering adjustment. SOLUTION: Perform the attached ADF Centering adjustment, both Front and Back. Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionDF-609, OPEN ADF FEED COVER AND RELOAD ORIGINALS message when attempting to feed originals.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The DF feed tires do not drop to initiate feeding due to a failed DFCB. Replace the DFCB (p/n 20AJ -901 1). 2. Theoriginal paper feed detect actuator is bound in the up position. Free up the original paper feed detect actuator which is located next to the rear feed roller on the top cover section. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionDF-319/DF-603/DF-606/DF-609, pages are being scanned multiple times after jamming/misfeeding with accompanying"Reload originals" message. If ajam/misfeed occurs, the machineindicates to reload originals. After originals have been reloaded and Start is pressed, the machine starts scanning again andadds the reloaded pages to the document as well as the previously scanned pages.

Solution CAUSE: Improper reloading of originals. If the machine misfeeds an original it will then indicate to reload originals, but if it jams past the feeder it will indicatewhere the jammed sheets are and after jammed sheets are removed it will indicate how many originals need to be reloaded. SOLUTION:If a misfeed occurs, the message to reload originals means to reseat the originals remaining in the feed tray, NOT add all the originals fromoutput tray back into feeder.If thedocument feederjams after the feeder it will indicate clear the indicated sheets, thento reload the number of originals thathave not yet been scanned.For example, if 3 sheets are indicated as jammed in thepaper pathand machine indicates to reload 2 originals. the first 2 sheets intheDF paper pathstarting from just past the feed section should be reloaded and the third sheet (closest to output) should be set in the output tray as it hasalready completed the scanning process and is stored in memory. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionDF-609 tries to eject original when placed on the platen and nothing in the top feeder.

Solution CAUSE: ADF is selected under Copy Initial Settings. SOLUTION: Deselect ADF under Utility/User Settings/Initial Settings/Copy Settings. If ADF is checked it will try to default to and feed from the ADF. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

88


bizhub PRO C6501 Paper Conveyance jams, no-feed, folding, tearing, skewing, curling


DescriptionFS-607, incorrect alignment or jamming when stapling.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Excessive static build-up in the Staple/Folding section. Remove Teflon guides . 2. The rear mylar (p/n 15AA 4334 0) is caught behind the stapler rear guide plate (p/n 15AA 4225 0) causing the first sheet of a corner staple job to bemissed. The following pages fall into the stapler because the first sheet acts as a guide. Reform the rear mylar in the up directionto guide the paper over the stapler rear guide plate. 3. The front stopperis cracked, causing paper to get above top part of stopper. Replace the broken stopper (p/n 15JM 4331 0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD andDan Lantz, Infomax Office Systems


DescriptionJ-7216.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the main body paper exit sensor (PS13) turns ON. Remove jammed paper in the finisher/main body, if any. Check the operation of the sensors PS4 (p/n 13QA85521) and PS13 (p/n 65AA48440 - Actuator andp/n 08AA85512 - Photosensor) in the State confirmation (47) Mode for proper operation and replace as necessary. Try adjusting the loop timing in theAdjustment Mode (36 mode). 2. Not enough paper loop when pages are entering the finisher. Adjust finisher curl to Middle or Large: a. Enter Service Mode. b. Select Finisher Adjustment. c. Select Curl Adjustment. d. Select Middle or Large. e. Select OK. 3. HB Motor/50 (M33) has failed causing insufficient drive to exit paper from reversing section. Replace M33 (p/n A03U M111 00). Note : This will be evident only with 11x17. Paper stops in the reverse section and the paper is not damaged. 4. Worn actuator or actuator spring for PS19 causing timing to be off on large paper sizes. Replace the actuator for PS19 (p/n 65AA 5131 1) or the actuator spring (p/n 65AA 5150 0). 5. Warped or damaged Guide Plate /B. This is the black plastic guide which holds the actuator for PS19. Replaced Guide Plate /B (p/n A03U 8602 01). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Freddie Burnham, Gregg Gallant, Ian Lynchand Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-521 main tray does not lower correctly. It may also jitter up and down erratically.

Solution CAUSE: Nearby light sources are causing false triggering of the the main exit tray lift detection sensor. SOLUTION: The sensor mounting plate assembly (p/n A0GY 8991 00 and p/n A0GY 8993 01) needs to be replaced with a modified assembly (p/nU226-0410). Please refer to attached installation procedure. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. Note : The modified part is not available for order through normal ordering procedures; it can only be acquired by opening a ticket with the Hotline. SSDHotline advisers, once it has been determined that the kit is an appropriate countermeasure for the reported symptom, please refer the technician to the orderprocedure seen below so that they may obtain the modified assembly.There is no need to return the parts being replaced. Please follow the below procedures to acquire a new mounting plate assembly: A SSD Ticket Number must be acquired in order to file a claim for the FOC replacement mounting plate assembly. FOC PART(s) ORDERING PROCEDURE

89



A Free-of-Charge (FOC) modified FS-521 mounting plate assembly can be ordered via the Online Technical (FOC) & Special Program order form inMyKonicaMinolta.com. To place the FOC claim, please go to Service => Warranty Repair & Special Programs => Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs=> KMBS Technical (FOC) & Special Programs. Access and complete the SSD Program claim form that is located in the Claim Type drop-down byselecting “SSD Solution Claim” (bottom of the list). After selecting "SSD Solution Claim", select the appropriate Solution ID from the “SSD Solutions” pop-up box in the Product RA/Claim Information at thebottom of the form. A description of the associated FOC part that will be shipped is then displayed. Under this SSD program, KMBS will ship all parts at no-charge. Upon receipt and verification of the online claim information, KMBS Service Operations will process a Free-of-Charge parts order. All parts will be shipped via UPS 2-day Air Service, and an automated E-mail will be sent to the submitting KMBS Customer confirming the shipment and theKMBS claim number, parts order status and the UPS tracking number for the delivery. Questions related to the FOC parts claims may be directed to KMBS Logistics Operations at (201) 934-5339. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt and Gabe Smith, ESS


DescriptionJ-3102 error codes

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. After replacing damaged fuser drive gears, internal damage tothe fuser drive motor (M29) might also have occurred when the drive gears failed. Replace M29 (p/n 27LA 8003 2E). 2. Timing adjustments are incorrect when running various stocks. Recall Standard Data to Factory Initial under Service => Printer Adjust. 3. Broken locking cam. Note :Varying lead edge registration will also be a symptom. Replace the locking cam (p/n 65AA 5032 0). See attached document for component location. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. AdobeReader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca/David Aekus/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-503, J72-20 (J-7220) jam code which may also be intermittent.

Solution As copies are being exited from the stacker unit CAUSE: The inner portion of the drive gear for the stack assist plate has worn. The excessive play of the hub causes the stack assist plate to intermittentlyobstruct paper as its being fed into the stacker unit.

SOLUTION: The shaft, gear and set screw have been modified in this area. Replace the swing gear (p/n 15AA 9100 00). Replace the swing shaft (p/n 15AA4285 1E) and install themodified screw (p/n 00z163081). Note : Please refer to attached procedure for more detail concerning prevention of J72-20 (J-7220) jam code. When making 2 or more stapled sets of a document. No jammay beindicated when making single sets or when running landscape sheets (8.5x11R,8.5x14,...). PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Conveyance Guide Plates A and/orBare damaged. Replace Guide Plate A(p\n 15AA 4505 0) and/orGuide Plate B(p\n 15AA 4506 0). 2.Failed Finisher drive board. Replace the FS-503 Finisher drive board (p/n15AA -932 2F). When stapling larger stacks. Paper exits about 2" and stops. CAUSE: Timing in FS-503 exit roller. SOLUTION: Perform the attached Intermediate Roller Position adjustment. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Matthew Behling, KMBS/Milwaukee and Jim Behrends/Ed Bellone/Mike McCarthy/Gregg Gallant/Chuck Tripp,Production Print/SSD


Description

90



FS-503, J72-19 (J-7219).

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The return spring for the bypass gate (paper guide #2) is broken or has become dislodged.Observe the bypass gate operation. If the gate does not return to its normal position, check for a broken or dislodged return spring. If broken, replace thespring (p/n 15AA 4532 0). Note : The spring is located at the rear side of the finisher. One end is hooked over the gate and the other end is secured through a hole in the rear finisherframe. 2. The Finisher Drive Board has failed. The board failure may present itself as jamming on the second stapled of 8.5x11 only (no jamming with 8.5x11R or8.5x14). The jam occurs due to the trail edge of the first sheet of set two still being driven slightly after the lead edge has been stopped to allow the first set tobe stapled and exited. J72-20s may also occur. Replace the FNSCB (p/n 15AA -932 2F). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionJ-3202 paper jams.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Paper jamming in the fuser due to a broken/worn fuser unit drive gear and/or shaft. Note : Codes from all paper trays also may occur when using 80lb Cougar Cover paper. Replace the worn one-way gear (p/n A03U 8093 11) and, if required,the shaft (p/n A03U 7258 00). 2. One or more springs are under the Paper Exit Shaft and the Fixing Paper Exit Rollers are not be able to touch the Fixing Paper Exit Drive Rollers (p/nA03U 7209 00). Note : Paper may be 1 to 2 inches out of the fuser when the jam occurs. When replacing Fixing Paper Exit Rollers (p/n A03U 7225 00), all three springs should be over the Paper Exit Shaft (p/n A03U 7280 00) to allow for properroller tension. Please see attached photos. 3. Bearing in the paper exit unit is dirty or worn. Clean or replace the exit bearing (p/n 07AA 7506 2) in the paper exit unit. 4. PS17 actuator missing or broken. Replace the actuator for PS17 (p/n A03U 7308 00). 5. Improper actuation of SD4 (Paper Exit solenoid). Note : In most cases, the jam occurswith 8.5x11 portrait only. Check the actuation of the solenoid in the I/O mode, State Confirmation Mode, Code 80-0 for proper operation. Check to make sure that the throw of the gateis above the fuser nip andadjust as necessary. Replace the solenoid (p/n 65AA R704 00)and Linkage (p/n 65AA 4928 0) as necessary. 6. The guide plate diverting the paper to the turnaround section may be bowed or cracked. Replace the Paper Exit Guide Swing Part (p/nA03U 8610 02).Pleaseseeattached Parts Manual pages as a reference. To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free fromthe Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Rick Johnson, DSM/Midwest Region and Gregg Gallant/Mark D'Attilio/Gary Scimeca/Freddie Burnham/GaryScimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-xxx, first page not aligned properly/not stapled in stapled sets.

Solution CAUSE:Static build-up onalignment plate which causes the first page to stick. SOLUTION:Wipe affected are with anti-static compound (Brillianize®, Pledge®, dryer sheet, etc.). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

91




Description J-1702. The jam may occuronly when running 11x17 or letter size duplexed.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Guide plate/3is malformed. Replacethe duplex section Guide plate/3 (p/n A03U 8403 00). For the guide plate location see attached photo. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by . 2. Failed ADU conveyance clutch /3 (MC3)or ADU pre-registration clutch (MC18). Replacethe failed clutch(p/n A03U M201 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan); Jonathan Rooks,KMBS/San Diego and Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description J93-01.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Poor conveyance of paper. A Guide Sheet (p/n A03U 8159 00)is available to facilitate conveyance of paper. See attached Parts Modification document for details. To view the PDF,Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. Failure of Reverse motor (M32) orLoop motor (M57). Swap motors to decide which motor is failing. Replace the failed motor (p/n 65AA 8011 2). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


Description J-3204.Jam code may occur when feeding from any paper tray. duplexing or face downcopying (J-3209also indicated). feeding 11x17 or 8.5x14 paper. running alarge job of only glossy (photo) paper.

Solution Feeding from any paper tray CAUSE: Failing intermediate conveyance clutch (p/n 56AA 8201 2). SOLUTION: Replace intermediate conveyance clutch. Jamming every copy CAUSE: Possible failed AC Drive Board assembly. SOLUTION: Check ICP1 on the AC Drive Board to see if it is OPEN.It provides 24V DC to the motors. Before replacing the board, check for a short toground. Replace the AC Drive Board assembly (p/n A03U H520 01). Duplexing or face downcopying (J-3209 also indicated) CAUSE: M33 motor was swapped with good motor and M33 is not turning in I/O mode, code27-2. PS17 (I/O mode, code 59-3) and PS62 (I/O mode, code20-13) both test good. Failed CVDB. SOLUTION: Replace CVDB (p/n A03U H050 04). Feeding 11x17 or 8.5x14 paper

92



CAUSE: Broken lower fuser roller heat (insulating)sleeve. Thefront side of the sleeve is broken causing drive gear misalignment. SOLUTION: Replace the broken lower fuser roller heat sleeve (p/n A03U 7227 00). Running alarge job of only glossy (photo) paper CAUSE:A buildup of toner on the guide behind the paper exit roller.

SOLUTION: Clean the buildup of toner on the guide plate SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski/Mike McCarthy/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD; Joel Valerio, Global Imaging SystemsandBrandon Greisinger, Perry Corporation


Description PF-601/PF-602, paper tray lift or paper feed problems.

Solution TheLCD still indicates out of paper,even after adding paper, andthe 5th paper tray does not lift. CAUSE:Photosensor (PS9 - paper lift upper limit) is operational in the IO test mode, butit is not dropping far enoughto signal the machinethat the tray is in thelower position. SOLUTION: Replace PS9 (p/n 08AA 8551 2). The paper tray fails to rise after being loaded with paper and inserted. CAUSE: The paper feed tire mechanism that is lifted when the tray is extracted from the machine to ease installation of paper is being damaged as the tray isinserted into the machine. The mechanism is becoming misaligned, which results in the machine falsely detecting the paper lift tray as being raised. SOLUTION: Position the bypass feed up down rack (p/n 65AA 4232 0) back a tooth and realign any misaligned plates. Instruct the customer to insert thepaper tray slowly into the PF-601 after the paper tray has been filled in order to allow the paper feed mechanism to return to its normal position prior tocontacting the PF-601 frame assembly. Paper tray(s) will not lift. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Upper limit sensor is actuated when the tray is down in the lower position. Repair or replace the Tray 4/Tray 5 upper limit sensor, PS1/PS9(p/n 56AA 8551 2) or adjust the position of the feed assembly for proper upper limit sensoroperation. The operation of the sensor can be checked in the State Confirmation I/O mode code 23-7 or 23-8 (Tray 4/Tray 5). Upper limit activationshouldindicate"1". It is also advised to check the operation of the cam on the left hand side of the drawer that raises and lowers the feed assembly when the drawer is pushed orpulled out. 2. Failed Tray 4 lift motor (M2)orTray 5 lift motor (M3). Replacethe failed lift motor(p/n 56UA R791 00). Multi-feeding from Tray 4or Tray 5. CAUSE:One of the pins in the PF-601 connector has backed out. SOLUTION: Remove PF-601 connector,inspect it for a backed out pin andrepair as needed. Skewing only when feeding from Tray 4or Tray 5. CAUSE: PF-601 adjusters (feet) were not used to secure the PFU to the mainbodyduring installation. SOLUTION:PF-601 adjusters must be used to secure the PFU against the mainbodyas listed in the attached installation procedures. To viewthe PDF, AdobeReader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp/Ted Young/Michael McCarthy/David Aekus/Gregg Gallant/Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


Description RU-503/RU-504, J-7540 or J-7541 jam code. Paper jamming at the main body exit area.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The RU paper entrance sensor (PS1) is not being activated or incorrect options are installed. Please check the function of RU paper entrance sensor by entering the service mode and accessing the I/O test mode. The sensor is checked via code 75,multi-mode code 46. Make sure the sensor changes state when blocked. To verify option-compatibility, please refer to the attached documentation. Usuallythe combination of RU-504 and LS-501 causes the issue of J-7540 or J-7541 codes.

93



Note : To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. 2. Possible incorrect alignment of the rod shaft on the main door cover/3, alignment to the door interlock switch (p/n 12QR 8601 1 - Key #3 on page 3 of theRU-503/RU-504 Parts Guide Manual). Check the alignment of the rod/shaft to the door interlock switch for proper actuation. Also check the operation of the switch in the I/O mode. Notes : a.For best results,viewing and performing this adjustment should be from the back of the machine/RU with therear cover removed. b. J-7542 may also be indicated. 3. Paper dust on the de-curler sensor (PS62). Note : Paper jamsexiting the ADU section when face down copying/printing. There is no paper in the RU. CleanPS62 (p/n 13QA 8551 1). 4. A failed reverse/exit sensor (PS19) or actuator. Replace the reverse/exit sensor (p/n 08AA 8551 2) or actuator (p/n 65AA 5131 1) as necessary. Note : Paper is stopped in the reversing section. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ken Walker, Workgroup/SSD;Frank Crotts, Cobb Office Products, Inc. and Freddie Burnham/Ian Lynch/EdBellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionTrimmed surface is poorly finished. For example, it is incompletely trimmed or the surface is burred.

Solution CAUSE: The paper holding plate in the trimmer unit is not positioned correctly or the holding plate may become loose due to machine vibration while used. SOLUTION: Remove the trimmer unit and reinstall the paper holding plate (A in the photo) correctly as instructed in the attached document. Trimmingperformance is affected if the paper holding plate is not positioned correctly. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-520/FS-607, J-7217 when hole punching and duplexing.

Solution Attention Hotline Advisers: If thefollowing corrections do not resolve the problem: Gather machine Management and Adjustment Lists. Perform a Firmware Capture while the J-7217 is showing. Escalate the ticket to ESS. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The actuator for PS6 is hitting the paper exit guide plate when the paper exit section closes. This may cause PS6 not to be deactivated and register a jam. Reform that the paper exit guide plated/lower assembly (p/n A04D A896 0) if it is bent in the center and interfering with the actuator for PS6. Replace thepaper exit guide plate/lower assembly if necessary. 2. The Curl Adjustment is set to Small. Set the Curl Adjustment to Large or Middle by using the below procedure: a. Enter Service Mode. b. Select Finisher Adjustment. c. Select Curl Adjustment. d. Select Middle or Large. e. Select OK. 3. An incorrect Finisher Adjustment setting. Recall Standard Data for Finisher Adjustment using the below procedure:

94



a. Enter Service Mode. b. Select Finisher Adjustment. c. Select Recall Standard Data. d. Select Factory Initial Data. e. When “Recall Factory Initial Data” is displayed select Yes. f. Select Return. g. Select Close. h. Select Exit. i. Select Exit. Note : The Finisher Adjustments will be returned to the factory values after recalling factory initial data is selected. Readjustment of the FinisherAdjustments may be necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD andClinton Marquardt, ESS


DescriptionFD-501, SC77-33 (3-hole) or SC77-34 (4-hole) after approximately 30,000 punch operations. The codes for the bizhub PRO 6500 MFPs are C-1224 orC-1225.

Solution CAUSE: Soilage, such as toner residue, is adhered to impregnated oil of the punch pin slide bearing which is attached to the punch pin (punch supportpedestal/A - p/n 13QR10100). SOLUTION: Clean the punch pin and the punch support pedestal approximately every 100,000 punches. If the punch pin is damaged, replace the punch unit(p/n 15AH-550 1). Note : Use the procedure beginning on page 2 of attached Bulletin Number 6433 to clean the punch units listed in the included table. Punch units withserial numbers greater than those listed were produced with a design that prevents binding.


DescriptionOn the PF-601 and LU-202, when approximately 2000 sheets of coated paper are fed under low temperature environment, a no feed jam or misfeedoccurs.

Solution CAUSE: The resin from the coated paper is attached on the paper feed roller, the separation roller and the pick-up roller. The friction coefficient of the pick-uproller surface decreases and causes the misfeed. SOLUTION: Clean the paper feed roller, the separation roller and the pick-up roller. Install the countermeasure against no feed jam/misfeed of coated paper.Please refer to the attached Bulletin Number 6198 regarding the new style paper feed mechanism for the PF-601 and Bulletin Number 6381 regarding thenew style paper feed mechanism for the LU-202. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


Description FS-607, Vertical Position Punch Adjustment does not work.

Solution CAUSE: The Paper Edge Detect Sensor Punch Adjustment has not been performed. SOLUTION: Perform the Paper Edge Detect Sensor Punch Adjustment prior to performing the Vertical Position Punch Adjustment, follow these procedures: 1. Enter Service Mode. 2. Select Finisher Adjustment. 3. Select Punch Adjustment. 4. Select Paper Edge Detect SensorAdjustment. 5. Select START. 6. When completed then perform the Vertical PositionAdjustment again. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionJ-3201.

95



Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Too much toner on page when printing with high toner coverage. There is a very high toner coveragewith the papersometimes wrapping around the fuserroller and sticking thus causing the jam. In the printer driver, select TONER REDUCTION which islocated under the IMAGE tab. 2. Damaged linkage for paper exit gate or failed paper exit solenoid SD4. The jam occurs when duplexing either face up or face down. Paper stops in theinversion section at reverse roller/Lw before entering the ADU section. All motors and sensors test good in state confirmation mode. Test SD4 in state confirmation mode 80-0. Repair linkage (p/n 65AA 4928 0) or replace SD4 (p/n 65AA R704 00) if deemed necessary. 3. Broken Locking Cam. Replace Locking Cam (p/n 65AA 5032 0). Note : See attached document as a reference. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionJ-1705 (J1705) or J-1706 (J1706) when paper is fed from Tray 2 or Tray 3 respectively. Possibly J-1706 will occur ONLY when feeding from Tray 1.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Intermediate conveyance clutch MC13 has 24V DC continuously. PRCB ICP27 is not OPEN. The PRCB has failed. Replace the PRCB (p/n A03U R759 00). 2. Conveyance clutch 1 (MC13) has no power. Check ICP28 on the PRCB to determine if it is OPEN.Check the wiring to the clutchfor a short to ground.Replace the PRCB (p/n A03U R759 00) if necessary.

3. Damaged Tray 1 connector (cassette signal wire). Note : J-1706 when feeding from Tray 1. To locate the problem: Check MC8 (pre-registration clutch)in I/O mode, 22-0. Check for 24V DC at PRCB, CN400-4A. Check for paper behind Tray 1. Check for damaged Tray 1 connectors. In this case, replace male connector - cassette signal wire(p/n 65AA 9017 0E). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski/Jim Behrends/Mike McCarthy/Ian Lynch , Production Print/SSD


Description"Press Start to Restart" message while operating. Machine will stop and message will appear withno jam or faultindicated.

Solution CAUSE: A hesitation (slippage) has occurred in the paper feed section causing a timing abnormality. This hesitation is not large enough to cause a jam codebut machine will detect the abnormality and halt operation. This issue is most prevelant when running gloss stocks and/or during long runs. SOLUTION: When issue occurs clean/replace feed components of paper tray currently in use. In the case of thick or glossy stocks adjust the feed rollertension if issue is occuring frequently. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501, trimmer scraps are being exited on completed sets when using the trimming mode.

96



Solution CAUSE: SD-501 (15AQ version) paddle motor (M33) not operating. A hardware DIP switch setting on the SD-501 control board needs to be changed. SOLUTION: Access the hardware DIP switch on the SD-501 control board and set DIP switch 1 to the OFF position. This will enable M33 (paddle motor). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Moeller and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description FS-607, J-7301 error code.

Solution CAUSE: Either PS5 (p/n 08AA 8551 2) or its actuator (p/n 13QE 4807 0) have failed in the stacker unit. SOLUTION: Replace PS5 and its actuator as a set. Note : The operation of the stacker entrance sensor PS5 can be checked in I/O Check Mode using code 72-17. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFinisher option capable of printing 13x19 jobs to the stapler main tray. The selection is "grayed out" in the printer driver properties for the FS-520/FS-607.

Solution This is a normal operation with the FS-520 and FS-607 finishers for both print and copy operations. The physical specifications for the FS-520/FS-607finishers do not support the output of 13x19 paper to the main tray. The paper can only be exited to the sub tray. Output of 13x19 paper to the main tray is only available with the FS-503or FS-521 stapler finisher.Please refer to the attacheddocument for a listing of theFS-503/FS-521/FS-520/FS-607 specifications.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS and Ed Bellone/Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501/SD-506, trimming scraps overflow at the scrap guide or trimming failure occurs if 15mm or more is trimmed.

Solution CAUSE:The trimming scrap removal paddle rotates in the reverse direction when 15mm or more amount is trimmed. It is the specification (this is toensurethe paddle tipstouch the long-width scraps). Since the scrap dropping position changes, the scraps may not drop into the scrap box smoothly, depending on type of paper.

SOLUTION:Checkthe areas whichcan prevent scraps from dropping into the box. The blacktrimmer scraps guideattached on the trimming unit sideis loose.In that state, the dropping path is narrowed.Attach theguide properly.Thismayoccurif the paddle unit was installed in the field. If the customer always trims 15mm or morefor their booklets, remove the paddle once and watch the operation.The scraps drop byweight. Note : When removing the trimmer paddle, remove the paddle shaft part only (shown below).It is not necessary to remove the whole paddle unit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).


DescriptionPF-601/PF-602, J-1610 jam code.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The PFU DFeed Detect Adjustment was not performed after replacing the Multi-Feed Detection Board (MFDTB). Perform the PFU DFeed Detect Adjustment. Please refer to attached pages from the Field Service Manual. 2. The PF Drive Board (PFDB) was just replaced and the multi-feed detection sensors are out of adjustment. Perform the PFU DFeed Detect Adjustment. Please refer to attached pages from the Field Service Manual.

97



3. Failed Multi-feed Detection Board(Multi-feed Sensor Assembly). Replace the sensor board assembly (p/n 15AG -840 1E). Notes : a.You can check the operation of the sensor in the I/O mode, Output Check18-04 (pressing the START button). b. After repacing the MFDTB,perform the PFU DFeed Detect Adjustment. Please refer to attached pages from the Field Service Manual. To viewthe PDF,Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionAll Jobs sent to the main tray of the FS-521 cause a J-7217 error.The exception is 8.5x11 paper fed so the 11-inch side exits to the main tray first.

Solution CAUSE: One of the red shipping brackets had not been removed. SOLUTION: Remove the shipping bracket and test finisher operation. Pages E-2 andE-3 of the FS-521 Installation Manual(attached)discussesbracketremoval.The location of this particular bracketisbehind a gray cover. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable/disable Job Offset Mode.

Solution To enable/disable Job Offset Mode, perform the following: 1.Press the Utility/Counter key. 2.Touch [02 User Setting] on the touchscreen. 3.Touch [03 Common Setting] on the touchscreen. 4.Next to the Job Offset Mode selection option displayed on the touchscreen, touch [ON] to enable or [OFF] to disable. 5.Touch [OK] on the touchscreen. 6.Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLU-202, J-1501 when feeding from the LCT.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.PS107 (LU exit sensor) in the LCT has failed. Replace PS107 (p/n 56AA 8552 1). 2. Failed LU-202 pre-registration sensor (PS106). Replace the Conveyance Photosensor (p\n 56AA 8552 1). 3. MS1 (front door interlock) or MS2 (upper door interlock) has failed or is not being actuated. Feed/take up tires and paper feed motor M1 do not rotate. Confirm that 24V DC is present at CN815-10 (red wire) on M1 paper feed motor. If not present, confirm 24V DC on the LUDB at PJ815-10 (red wire). If 24VDC is present on the LUDB and not at M1, repair/replace MS1, MS2 or the wiring harness (p/n 12QR 8601 1 for the Interlock Switches and p/n A03W N10201 for LCT Signal Wiring/1). Note : The 24V DC supply to M1 flows from LUDB through MS1 to MS2 to M1. MS1 and MS are safety interlocks (PS115 and PS100 are also actuated andwork in conjunction with MS1 and MS2). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD and Mike Zych, Midwest District Service Manager-GSS

98




DescriptionJ-3206 when duplexing or when output is face down.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.M33, the reverse exit motor, does not operate. ICP4 on the Conveyance Drive Board may be OPEN. It controls the 24V DC power to M33. Check ICP4 for continuity by using a meter. Check the wiring from the circuit board to M33 for any shorts to ground. Please check the motor as well to see if ithas shorted. Once the source of the problem has been determined, the Conveyance Drive Board (p/n A03U H050 04) and possibly M33 (p/n A03U M111 00)will have to be replaced. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD 2. Torquing of motor M33. Check the operation ofM33in the State Confirmation I/O mode. Torque down the motor against the motor mounts or replace them so there is less twist orbacklash when the motor is operated. Replace the motor (p/n A03U M111 00) and gear (p/n A03U 8899 00) as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCreasing or wrinkling from front-to-rear prior to image transfer.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect Pre-registration loop adjustment. SOLUTION: Adjust the Pre-registration loop: 1.Service mode. 2.01 Machine Adjustment. 3. 01 Printer Adjustment. 4. 07 Pre-registration Adj. Lower the value of the tray from which the creasing occurs. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, ProductionPrint/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, 13x19 glossy/thick paper is unable to exit from the subtray.

Solution CAUSE: Worn foam exit rollers. SOLUTION: Inspect/replace the foam exit rollers (exit roller A, p/n 122H48251 and exit roller/B, p/n A04D890400). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501/SD-506, staples are not folding over on sets.

Solution CAUSE: Stapler Home Sensors HS1/HS3are not detecting home position. These sensors are in the Stapler unit, not the Clincher unit. SD9 or SD10 will NOTfire until these sensors are made. SOLUTION:First, clean these sensors. Replace thefailed corresponding stapler unit (p/n 15AN -550 1) as needed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jeffrey Nettleton, KMBS - St. Louis


DescriptionFS-503, MAX 2 SHEETS CAN BE STAPLED, STAPLE MODE IS NOW RELEASED message and unable to staple more than 2 sets.

Solution

99



CAUSE: The maximum staple amount needs to be changed. SOLUTION: To program the amount of stapled copies, perform the following: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Select Finisher Adj. 3. Select Output Quantity Limit. 4. Select the staple mode and corresponding paper weight. 5. Input a new staple amount. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-521 will not output 13x19 paper to main tray.

Solution CAUSE: Offset stacking is enabled. SOLUTION: Disable offset stacking as the FS-521 will only output 13x19 paper in the straight stacking mode. This information is listed in the attachedProduct Specifications. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionJ-1701 out of all trays including bypass except the LU-202.

Solution CAUSE: Possiblefaulty Intermediate conveyance clutch 2, MC4 (p/n 56AA 8201 2), Intermediate conveyance clutch 3, MC5(p/n 56AA 8201 2)or paper feedmotor, M41 (p/n 65AA 8002 1). SOLUTION: Check the operation of the PAPER FEED DRIVING CLUTCH (29-1), MC5 (29-2) and the DC BRUSHLESS MOTOR (28-0) in the StateConfirmation Mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607,message to empty booklet tray.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Actuator for PS25 the Folding Exit Sensor is not moving properly. Clean or repair the PS25 actuator (p/n 129X 4850 0) and spring assembly. 2.FNSCB has failed. Replace the FNSCB (p/n A04D H010 02). IMPORTANT : The following information isa temporary countermeasure to allow operation ofthe FS-607 while awaiting a replacement FNSCB. Operationof unit must be monitored at all times when these settings are applied as jamming/damage may occur. In some cases the messagecan be cleared by resetting communication with the FNSCBby setting DIPSW 18-5 to 1 (Faulty part isolation of thefold-and-staple function of the SD), recycle power, set DIPSW 18-5to 0 . If the message clears, set DiPSW 15-3and 15-4 to 1 . This allows the machine to continue printing even if an alarm stop signal is received (tray full, tray lowerlimit, waste full, etc.) from the FD/FS/LS/SD. DIPSW 15-3 and 15-4 will need to be set back to 0 after the FNSCB is replaced. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-521, main tray not lowering far enough; paper crashing into the stack.

100



Solution CAUSE:Defective or malfunctioning paper exit level sensor (LED1). SOLUTION:Check the sensor in the I/O mode and replace defective sensor (p/n 13QJ 8551 0) if necessary. Please refer to attached Parts Manual pages,Item 38 on page 15. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-503/FS-520/FS-607, J-7301.

Solution CAUSE: The main tray exit sensor PS10 (FS-503 -p/n 08AA 8551 2) or PS6 (FS-520/FS-607 -p/n 08AA 8551 2) turns ON while in idling. SOLUTION: Remove jammed paper in the finisher/main body, if any. Check the operation of the sensor PS10 in the I/O state confirmation mode, code 72-13(FS-503) or for PS6, code 72-6 (FS-520/FS-607). Replace the sensor as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionError code J72-30 (J-7230).

Solution CAUSE: After the paper exit driving shaft has been replaced the jam occurs. Light shielding tape was not applied to some replacement parts. This occursonly with replacement parts; production machines are not affected. SOLUTION: Apply black vinyl tape to the shaft as instructed inBulletin Number 6598. It is preferable to use tape with a matte (non-glossy) finish. Obtain thetape locally. PARTS INFORMATION The following spare parts may not have tape applied. If they do not, apply it as instructed in attached Bulletin Number 6598 when installing the part into themachine. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Model Description Part Number FS-503 Paper exit driving shaft 15AA46290 FS-521 Driving shaft /H A0GY902100 SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD

101




DescriptionJ-17xx codes when feeding from bypass; any paper size or weight.

Solution CAUSE: Dirty or failed bypass feed clutch (MC8). SOLUTION: Clean and/or replace bypass feed clutch (p/n 56AA 8201 2). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-520/FS-607, J-7218 when creating a booklet.

Solution CAUSE:Worn or damagedconveyance roller. SOLUTION: Replace conveyance section entrance roller 4 (p/n A04D 7007 01) as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, hole-punched sheets are out of alignment in the lead-to-trail direction.

Solution CAUSE: Paper Edge Detect Sensor adjustment needs to be performed. SOLUTION: Perform Paper Edge Detect Sensor adjustment. 1. Enter Service Mode. 2. Select Finisher Adjustment. 3. Select Punch Adjustment. 4. Select Paper Edge Detect Sensor Adjustment. 5. Press Start. 6. Exit Service Mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


Description Intermittent C-0201 (C0201), C-0202 (C0202), and C-0311 (C0311)error codes.

Solution CAUSE: The harness in Tray 4 is pinched or failing. SOLUTION: Replace the harness (p/n A03X N103 02).

102




DescriptionFS-503, J72-19 and J72-20

Solution CAUSE:One or more of the finisher conveyance idler rollers are dislodged or binding in their holders. SOLUTION:Inspect all white idler rollers confirming that all rollers turn freely and that the roller shafts have not become dislodged from their holders and theshafts are not binding in their holders. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gene Morgan, KMBS/Flagstaff, AZ


DescriptionFS-503, J-7308.

Solution CAUSE: J-7308 indicates paper is in the stacker area of the FS-503. The stacker empty sensor PS20 (p/n 08AA 8551 2) turns ON while in an exit jam. SOLUTION: Remove jammed paper in the finisher/main body, if any. Check sensor PS20 in the I/O state confirmation mode, code 72-23, for properoperation. Also check actuator (p/n 13QE 4828 0) and actuator tension spring (p/n 13QE 4808 0) for defects and replace parts as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, J-7248.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The folding pass-through sensor (PS26) does not turn OFF within a specified period of time after it turns ON. Remove jammed paper in the FS/main body, if any. Check the operation of the sensor PS26 (FS-607 PartsManual, STACKER, page 18, p/n 08AA 8551 2),actuator (p/n 13QE 4828 0) and actuator tension spring (p/n 13QJ 4354 0) in the I/O state confirmation mode, code 72-45, for proper operation. Replace partsas necessary. 2. High toner coveragecreates anadhesive effect causing paper to stick to the folding knife. This usually occurs when Half-folding two sheets; first sheetfoldsthen exitsand the second sheet stays in thefolding rollers. Lower the fuser temperatureto lessen the chance that paperadhere to folding knife. Recommendation: DIPSW 19-1= 0 , 19-2= 1 19-3= 0 (-10 °C) Mode 19-3 19-2 19-1 -30 °C 0 0 0 -20 °C 0

103



0 1 -10 °C 0 1 0 Standard Upper roller: standard Lower roller: +10 °C 1 0 0 Standard 1 0 1 Standard 1 1 0 Standard 1 1 1 SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


Description J13-17 after a job is output onto LS-501 sub tray or conveyed to a finishing option connected after the LS-501.

Solution CAUSE: While outputting a job onto LS sub tray or other finishing option connected after LS, when the gate ( C in the photo below) lifts up, the gate partlytouches the sensor, PS4 ( A in the photo below) causing the sensor to falselydetect.The gate should stop at the gate stopper( B in the photo below).However,the gate stopper recedes for some reason.

104



SOLUTION: If there is a gap between the gate and the gate stopper (check by inserting a sheet of paper at B ), slightly push the gate stopper with a fingerand make the gate touch the gate stopper to avoid the gate touching the sensor. CAUTION :Do not push the gate stopper too firmly. The edge of the gate may interfere with paper path if it is toomalformed (paper jam may occur). If thegate is tooseparated from the gate stopper, the gate stopper part may have already become damaged. Replace the guide (p/n 15AV45021). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).


DescriptionCannot hole punch from some trays. Hole Punch is an available option, but sheets output without being punched.

Solution CAUSE: Tray paper setting is set at punched paper. SOLUTION: De-select Punched as the paper type. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPaper skew when feeding small size paper (5.5x8.5 or B5) from Tray 3. Paper skew does not occur with paper larger than 5.5x8.5.

Solution CAUSE: In Tray 3 the distance between the paper feed roller and the intermediate conveyance roller is longer than that of Tray 1or Tray 2. Therefore, paperskew occurs between these two rollers. SOLUTION: Use Tray 1, Tray 2, PF-601 or LU-202 to feed small-size paper. These paper trays have a shorter distance between the paper feed roller and theintermediate conveyance roller. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPaper curls or a corner is folded only at thelead edge on reverse exiting.

Solution CAUSE: The reverse exit photosensor (PS19) connector at reverse exit section is disconnected. SOLUTION: Check that the reverse exit photosensor (PS19) connector is properly connected. Regardless of the connection status of the connector, changethe routing of the connector wiring as shown in the attached file. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded forfree from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note : Even if the sensor connector is disconnected, no paper jam occurs, since the machine is operated with timer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description SD-501, in some cases, a pressure line may appear about 25mm from the trimmed edge of a booklet. This is most noticeable with the following conditions: Glossy (coated) stock used for covers Heavy toner application on pages that contact the trimmer board Booklets over 50 pages thick Trimmer board nearing its end of life

Solution CAUSE: A protrusion or ridge at the edge of the trimmer board may have developed during the molding process in manufacturing. The ridge occurs wherethe flat surface of the trimmer board meets the beveled edge on the booklet entrance side, causing a line to be pressed into the finished booklet. SOLUTION: Remove the trimmer board from the SD-501.Use a sharp knife or blade to remove the ridge. WARNING : To avoid personal injury, keep your hands away from the blade. Angle the blade away from the direction of travel to avoid cutting into the trimmer board.

105



Draw the blade along the length of the ridge in a single continuous motion from one end of the board to the other. Repeat two or three times until the ridgelinearea is slightly rounded. Do not remove too much, or marks from dents may result. Note : Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6409 for more information. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501, booklets are being exited without being trimmed if Trim is selected.

Solution CAUSE:The bundle press lower limit sensor (PS47)is ON due to the sensor being contaminated, defective, or due to damaged wiring. This prevents thebundle press from lowering to press the booklet to be conveyed to the trimmer. SOLUTION:Observe the operation of the bundle press when making booklets.If the press does not lower to the booklet, perform the following: 1.Check the state of PS47 using I/O inputcheck code 71-50.If L is displayed, the sensor is on and the bundle press will not lower. 2. Begin by cleaning the sensor.If cleaning does not resolve the issue, replace PS47 (p/n 08AA85512). 3. If the problem remains, the wiring for PS47should be checked for damage. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Moeller and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-1243 (C1243) when making booklets. Paper may jam in folding exit section.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The folding knife drive gear is damaged. Replace theFolding Gear (p/n 15AN 7704 0). 2. The M8 drive gear is damaged. Replacethe Conveyance Idling Gear (p/n 15AN 7737 0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501/SD-506, "Dust Box In Trimmer Is Not Set" message.

Solution CAUSE: Trimming scrap collection box is not closed. SOLUTION: Close the bottom drawer on the SD unit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-521, J-7218, J-7219 or J-7220 after first stapled set. Sheet 1 and 2 of the second set does not move to the stacker section. Bypass gate is functioningproperly.

Solution CAUSE: Bypass pressure release motor (M12) is not functioning correctly. SOLUTION: Test M12 by running I/O mode 72-81 to find home position followed by 72-84 to release pressure. If abnormal noise is heard or motor does notoperate, replace M12 (p/n A0GY A704 0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

106




DescriptionPF-601/PF-602, J-1606.

Solution CAUSE: The the conveyance clutches4 and 5, and the pre-registration clutch are not functioning; no power. ICP7 on the PFU driver board isOPEN.Determine the source of the problem;look for a shorted wire. SOLUTION: Replace the PFU driver board (p/n A03XH010) if necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPF-601/PF-602, J-1603 and J16-04.

Solution CAUSE: Conveyance cluches 1, 2 and 3 are not working; no power. Check ICP6on the PFU driver board which supplies 24V DC to the clutches.Checkwiringand the clutches for a short. SOLUTION: Replace the PFU driver board (p/n A03XH010) if necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionJ-7568 after the second sheet of a saddle stitch booklet has entered the accumulator. Paper is stopped and does not go into the right angle conveyancesection.

Solution CAUSE: The right angle conveyance motor (M6) has failed. SOLUTION: Check the operation of M6 using I/O mode 71-6.ReplaceM6 (p/n 56AA 8011 2)if it does not turn. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPaper take-up does not occur in Tray 4 of the PF-602. Remove the top sheet and it has a mark on it from the take-up roller.

Solution CAUSE: The paper empty sensor and/or the upper limit sensormay have failed. SOLUTION: Replace both sensors, PS3 and PS1,as a set (p/n 08AA 8551 2). It is the same part number for both sensors. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, jamming in stacker when stapling or making booklets.

Solution CAUSE: The Staple Pitch adjustment was not performed. SOLUTION:Perform the Staple Pitch adjustment. Please refer to the attached procedures. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. AdobeReader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD

107




DescriptionSC22-21 error.

Solution CAUSE: The first transfer pressing/releasing function is not working. The 24V DC required to operate the motor, M19,may not be available. SOLUTION: Check ICP4 on the AC Drive Board assembly to see if it is OPEN. If required, replace the AC Drive Board (p/n A03U H520 01). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, staples uneven on saddle stitch booklets.

Solution CAUSE:The staplers are out of parallel. SOLUTION:Perform the attached Stapler Position Adjustment. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded forfree from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLS-501/LS-502, J73-17 (J-7350)or J73-18 (J-7351) jam codes.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The sponge, which is attached on the gate stopper section that controls the LS entrance switching gate, has sagged downward due to age deterioration.Sometimes, the gate stopper moves for no apparent reason. Then the gate interferes with the sensor (PS4) during operation. As the result, the sensor"chatters" causing J73-17 (J-7350) to occur. A: Gate stopper B: PS4 As a temporary measure, pull out the gate solenoid. If the gate interferes with the sensor, slightly push the gate stopper with a finger toward the gate until thegate does not interfere with the sensor when the solenoid is pulled. CAUTION : Do not push the gate stopper too much. Ensure that the gate stopper does not protrude into the gate. Note : The gate stopper interference rubber will be changed as follows. Rubber material: CR rubber hardness 60 degrees Size: Rubber plate thickness 2.0mm, 10mm x 8mm (the horizontal dimension of the rubber will be changed from 5mm to 8mm). 2. The PS4 (entrance sensor) mounting bracket may have loosened from vibration. This causes a timing error betweenPS4 and PS10 (sub tray exit sensor)causing J73-18 (J-7351) to occur.Use either Locktite® or clear nail polish to seal the mounting screw once it has been secured. Note : J73-17/J73-18 codes pertain to bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP and J-7350/J-7351 codes pertain to bizhub PROC6500/C6500P/C6501/C6501P . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, copies are buckling upon exit.

108



Solution CAUSE: Possible bad/worn conveyance roller. SOLUTION:Check the operation of the conveyance rollers in the State Confirmation I/O Mode. Replace the rollers as needed. CONVEYANCE ROLLER 2 (p/n 14JS 4512 0) CONVEYANCE ROLLER 3 (p/n 13QE 4513 2) CONVEYANCE ROLLER 4, (p/n 13QE 4531 0)


DescriptionRU-504/RU-506, J-7542.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect position of side alignment parts in stack unit which prevents or inhibits paper feed. SOLUTION: Confirm the setting of Paper Size. If ISO/JIS B size paper is used set DIP switch 14-5. If Custom size paper is used set Paper Size on operation panel. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)


Description FS-607, J-7220, stapled sets not being exited.

Solution CAUSE:The paper exit arm in the stacker is out of adjustment not allowing the sets to be exited. SOLUTION:Reference the attached adjustment procedure for detailed instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® canbe downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Moeller, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCreasing output pages.

Solution CAUSE: Fixing paper exit roller tracks to one sideonthe shaft. SOLUTION: Replace fixing paper exit roller (p/n A03U 7209 00). Note : See attached photo of the roller position. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description J-7543or a corner of the paper is folded in the RU-506 or in optionsconnected after the RU-506.

Solution CAUSE:One of theneutralizing brushes is "curled" (malformed) catching a corner of the paper. SOLUTION: Remove currentneutralizing brush/L and neutralizing brush/S onguide plate/5 (p/n A0GE 7007 00) andaffix the modifiedneutralizing brush/L (p/nA0GE 7108 01 - 2 pieces and neutralizing brush/S (p/n A0GE 7109 01 - 4 pieces)on the open/close plate/A (p/n A0GE 7002 00). Please refer to attachedinstallation instructions and Parts Manual pages. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note : Please be aware that this part may not be readily available as this is a recently released modification by Konica Minolta Japan. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)

109




Description Paper edge, at approximately 120mmfrom the lead edge, is damaged when RU-506 is connected with any finishers. FD-503 FS-521 LS-505 PB-501/PB-502/PB-503 SD-506

Solution CAUSE: The feed rollers in RU-506 cannot nip the paper and the paper is not fed straight (skewed). As a result, the paper edge hits somewhere in theconveyance path and is damaged (or jamming may also occur). The plunger of the stack switching solenoid (SD3) cannot be released completely, because the Pulling Shaft/3 (p/n A0GE 7095 00) is touching MountingPlate/G (p/n A0GE 1012 00) and it prevents the solenoid plunger from releasing. SOLUTION; Confirm the space between the Pulling Shaft/3 and Mounting Plate/G. If there is no space between them, adjust the position of Pulling Shaft/3.Please see the attached procedure. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® website at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .The space between the Pulling Shaft/3 and Mounting Plate/G has been correctedfrom RU-506 s/n A0GEWY1000078 onward. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)


DescriptionFD-503, J-7358 at power up.

Solution CAUSE: Failed Folding Unit photosensors or FNS Drive Board. SOLUTION: Test PS1 (p/n 13QA 8552 1), PS5 (p/n 13QA 8551 1) and PS6 (p/n 08AA 8551 2) in I/O mode (PS1 = 70-1, PS5 = 70-3, PS6 = 70-32) andreplace as needed. Check for 5V DC input to each of the sensors. If no voltage is present at any of the sensors, replace the FNS Drive Board /3 assembly(p/n A0H0 H040 11). Note : Please see attached FD-503 Parts Manual pages to reference photosensor location. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. AdobeReader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWavy output of duplex and face down simplex.

Solution CAUSE: The decurling roller is not turning under load. SOLUTION: Inspect the Coupler(Coupling /B) to ensure it is sliding on the shaft. Remove any burrs from the Coupler and shaft, inspect the Decurler MotorAssembly for proper drive coupling and replace the Coupler (p/n A03U 8631 00) if needed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionTray 4 and/or Tray 5 drop even if the down stoppers are set to not drop when the tray is withdrawn.

Solution CAUSE:The PF-601 or PF-602 Control Gear /2 (18/28T) has failed and is slippingwhich allows the tray to drop. SOLUTION:ReplaceControl Gear /2 (p/n A03X 6996 00). SPECIAL NOTE :Solution provided by Shane Bullis -Impact Networking, LLC, Madison, WI

110




DescriptionSD-506, C-1259. Saddle Stitcher will not trim booklet.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Bundle registration plate sensor (PS16)failed.Trimmer pressure plate never clamps booklet prior to trimming. Replace PS16 (p/n 08AA 8551 2). Sensor can be checked in I/O mode 71-36. 2. Trimmer motor (M24) failed. Trimmer pressure plate never clamps booklet prior to trimming. Replace M24 (p/n 129U 8004 2).Trimmer up/down motor can be checked in I/O mode 71-51. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD

111


bizhub PRO C6501 Software/Driver related


DescriptionThe entire print job is stapled instead of each set when printing multiple stapled sets from Microsoft® Word.

Solution CAUSE:The Collate option in the Microsoft® Word dialog box is selected. SOLUTION:When printing and stapling multiple sets, the Collate option in the Microsoft® Word dialog box must be deselected. Please refer to attachedexample. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMark D'Attilio and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description Troubleshooting vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail communication failure.

Solution In the attached vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail Communication Troubleshooting Guide are troubleshooting methods and procedures to resolve vCare E-mailCommunication issues. Topics addressed are: A. Essential vCare Technician troubleshooting toolsB. Email Communication RequirementsC. Additional RequirementsD. Troubleshooting when a email communication test failsE. EMAIL Server ConsiderationsF. Determining the type of Authentication required on a Mail Server, through telnetG. Ethereal network capture to diagnose email connectivity issuesH. Performing a Communication Test, Printing the Communication Log and verifying that the MFP is communicating with the vCare systemI. Verifying through the vCare web application that MFP setup is completeJ. Example Mail Server logs which record a CSRC Communication Test and reception of a “setup email”K. Advanced Email Communication Troubleshooting Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description HTTP 400 - Bad Request error. Unable to view the printer web browser (PageScope Web Connection).

Solution CAUSE: The reason for the error: 1. A bad request.The browser sent a request that the server could not understand. 2. An attempt to communicatewith plain HTTP to an SSL-enabled server port. Instead, use the HTTPS scheme to access the URL. 3.The request could not be understood by the server due to malformed syntax. The client SHOULD NOT repeat the request without modifications. Note : The first digit of the status code specifies one of five classes of response. 1xx Informational 2xx Success 3xx Redirection 4xx Client Error 5xx Server Error SOLUTION: The error can be eliminated by: 1. Checking for any enabled Pop-up blockers and reconfiguring them. 2. Checking for Internet security software that may be blocking Web access and disabling the service. Example: Norton© Internet Security. 3. Installing Microsoft® .NET Framework 1.1 Service Pack 1. Microsoft® has confirmed that this is a problem inMicrosoft® products that are listed in the"Applies to" section. This problem was first corrected in.NET Framework 1.1 Service Pack 1. Please refer to Microsoft® Article ID: 826437 - FIX: "HTTP 400 -Bad request" error message in the .NET Framework 1.1 .

112



SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


Description Printing from any driver using an Adobe® CS3 Suite application is very slow. The print job maycomplete quickly, but the application indicates that it is stillprinting for a long period after the actual completion. The application is unavailable to perform any other tasks during this period.

Solution CAUSE: A compatibility issue between a native Intel® application, like Adobe® CS3 Suite applications and the Intel® versionMacintosh® OS 10.4x. SOLUTION: The best workaround for this issue is to hide the Macintosh® DOCK. The problem appears to be related to how the application interacts with theDOCK while it is visible. Auto-hiding theDOCK through preferences will correct this printing deficiency. Adobe® and Apple® have not officially acknowledgedthis problem, even though it affects printing using any print driver. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke and Ed Bellone, ESS/SSD


DescriptionWhen printing from Microsoft® Publisher andperforming a mail merge, thecopiesare all stapled together.

Solution CAUSE: This is a known anomaly with Microsoft® applications. SOLUTION: Please read the attached Microsoft® articleregarding a resolution for the problem with Microsoft® Publisher 2000 and 2003. To viewthe PDF,Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionNot all available finishers are not shown in the IC-408 printer drivers.

Solution CAUSE: Themore recent bizhubC6500/C6501 PRO finishers (FS-521, FD-503, LS-505, PB-503, PF-602 andSD-506) are not compatible with the IC-408. SOLUTION: If the "newer" finishers are to be used, either the Fiery® IC-303/IC-305 controllers or the CREO© IC-304 controller must be used. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCannot perform USB memory ISW.

Solution CAUSE:The service Port Device has not been enabled. SOLUTION:To enable the service Port Device, perform the following: 1.Press the Utility/Counter key. 2.Touch 02[User Setting]. 3.Touch 01 [System Setting]. 4.Touch 12 [Service Port Device]. 5.Touch ON to enable the Service Port Device. Notes : a.Power cycling of MFP may be required to retain setting. b.Please refer to attached documentation for additional information. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

113




DescriptionUnable to select Booklet feature when using FreeForm™.

Solution CAUSE: FreeForm™ does not support the booklet feature. SOLUTION: Unfortunately, there is no solution that will allow the functionality of creating a booklet from a document when using FreeForm™. It isrecommendend to first have document imposed as needed and then utilize FreeForm™. The IC-303/IC-305 does have an Impose™ module option available that can be used to impose the file prior to utlizing FreeForm™. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD andChuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description“Please load 8.5x11 paper “message on the operation panel when using auto paper select options yet8.5x11 normal stock is loaded.

Solution CAUSE: Possible incorrect PostScript settings of the Fiery® IC-408 controller. SOLUTION: Print out a Fiery® configuration page and make sure that the PostScript setupisas follows: Paper Type: Plain Paper Color: White Paper Weight: 81-105 Note : All paper settings MUST match from the Fiery®, the driver and in the machine in order to print automatically or the job will have to be forced to printfrom the machineby pressing Detail Check and selecting a paper weight. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description How to obtain spool files from an AS/400 for analysis by the lab.

Solution Because of the complexityand types of issues betweenMFPs and the AS/400, the Lab may occasionally require that a spool file be provided so that the exactissue can be re-created by the lab. There aretwo methods to follow, depending upon the OS version on the AS/400. Follow these steps to obtain the spool file. 1. Obtain the version of the OS/400 that is installed the AS/400 by issuing the following command: GO LICPGM (The user will need appropriate rights in order to do this.) 2. When the Work with Licensed Programs menu is displayed, type option 10 to display installed licensed programs. 3. After the list is displayed (it may take awhile), press F11 to display the release version. This will appearunder the Installed Release column. 4. Use theattached instructions to obtain the spool file. If the OS version is V5R4M0 or higher, then use instructions called Backing up Spool files System i V5R4Mx.pdf If the OS version is lower then V5R4M0, then use instructions called: Instructions to copy spool files off AS400 V5 using FTP-final.pdf 5. After thefiles are obtained,attach them to the SSD ticket. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS/BSE

114




Description How to perform a Mail Merge using Microsoft® Word 2007.

Solution The attached documentation outlines procedures to: divide Mail Merge into separate jobs based on name or address separate a file that has already been merged into Microsoft® Word 2007. In other words, you only have a Word file with all the variable data incorporated. Noneed to add recipients from a spreadsheet. Notes : 1.The instructions are for both scenarios using Microsoft® Word 2007 and attached are the files used in the instructions. Please don't forget to check pages30-31. 2. To view the DOC file, Microsoft® Word® or Word® Viewer must be installed. Word® Viewer 2003 (11.7MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft® at thefollowing URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?DisplayLang=en&FamilyID=95e24c87-8732-48d5-8689-ab826e7b8fdf . 3. To view the XLS file, Microsoft® Excel® or Excel® Viewer must be installed. Excel® Viewer 2003 (9.9MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft® at thefollowing URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?FamilyID=c8378bf4-996c-4569-b547-75edbd03aaf0&displaylang=EN . 4. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionIn Microsoft® Publisher 2002/2003, publications/records are not individually collated and stapled when duplexing and using the Mail Merge feature.

Solution CAUSE: Registry edit required. WARNING : In Microsoft® Windows, system configuration information is centrally located in the registry. While this simplifies the administration of acomputer or network, one incorrect edit to the registry can disable the operating system. The following list provides some best practices for using the registryand Registry Editor safely: Before making changes to the registry, make a backup copy. Back up the registry by using a program such as Backup. After making changes to the registry, create an Automated System Recovery (ASR) disk. Fortroubleshooting purposes, keep a list of the changes you make to the registry. For more information, see System State data. Do not replace the Microsoft® Windows registry with the registry of another version of the Microsoft® Windows or Microsoft® Windows NT-type operatingsystems. Use reliable tools and programs other than Registry Editor to edit the registry. Incorrectly editing the registry may severely damage the system. Use tools and programs that provide safer methods for editing the registry. Never leave Registry Editor running unattended. Konica Minolta is not responsible for any system errors that may result from using a registry editor incorrectly.

SOLUTION: Microsoft® Publisher can be enabled to individually collate, staple and duplex publications/records when using the Mail Merge feature ofPublisher through a registry edit. This can be done either manually or by a script. To manually edit the registry Open the Registry Editor by clicking Start, click Run, type regedit , and then click OK. Go to:1. HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Office\ \Publisher\Printing 2. Right-click on the Printing folder, select New => String Value.2. Create new "string value" called: NumberOfRecordsPerBatch 3. Double-click and set the Value Data to 1 . Instead of grouping records together into groups of 10to send to the printer (Publisher default), the records arenow sent in groups of 1 (i.e., each document is sent separately). Note : A value for this size setting can be set between 0 and 99999.

To update the registry "automatically" from a script 1. Download the scriptfrom http://ed.mvps.org/20031Rec.reg and save the REG file to the Desktop (script is also attached in case the URL cannot beaccessed).2. Double-click on the icon, and then click on Yes to the question, "Are you sure you want to add the information in C:DOCUME~1\administrator account\Desktop\20031Rec.reg to the registry?"3. The new value will be added to the registry. Note :Refer to Windows registry information for advanced users ( http://support.microsoft.com/kb/256986 ) for additional registry editinformation.

115




DescriptionWhen printing from Microsoft® Office Excel using authentication and printng several spreadsheets within the same document, the authentication dialog boxpops up for each spreadsheet page.

Solution CAUSE: Improper selection in the printer driver. SOLUTION: Select PRINT ENTIRE WORKGROUP in the application dialog box. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionThe ISW Tool does not list the RU-504 under the bizhub PRO C6501. Only the RU-506 is listed.

Solution CAUSE: ISW tool version requires an update. SOLUTION: This has been corrected with ISW tool version 3.76e. Note : The ISW tool is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector:1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com .2. Select the "Service" tab located at the top of the page.3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located to the left.4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located to the left.6. Select a Product Group and then a Product (model). A File Type and OS are optional selections.7. Click on ? Show. 8. All product-related downloads are listed with the most current at the top of each category. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BES


DescriptionError message “The service Calibrator is currently used by Operator” appears.

Solution CAUSE: IC-408 System code anomaly. SOLUTION: Install attached patch1-Z92DF on the IC-408 with system code versions 1.1/1.1a/2.0.The patch can also be downloaded from the Konica MinoltaDownload Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. This patch is to resolve the issue after it has occurred. It is not necessary to install this patch in advance. Notes : 1.Please refer to attached Release Notesprior to patch installation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloadedfor free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. To open the patch file using WinZip®, WinZip®should be installed. WinZip® can be downloaded from the WinZip® website:http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the localcomputer to view. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description

116



The Fiery® 64-bit driver will not holdthe followingsettings when loaded on Microsoft® Server 2008/2008 R2 with Terminal Services loaded: 2-way communications Account information Authentication information

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect setting. SOLUTION:Change “Delete temporary folders on exit” to “No”. Perform the folowing steps: Server 2008 1. Login as Administrator (or someone with Admin privileges). 2. Open Control Panel => Administrative Tools => Terminal Services => Terminal Services Configuration. 3. Under “Edit Settings”, change “Delete temporary folders on exit” to “No”. Server 2008 R2 1. Login as Administrator (or someone with Admin privileges). 2. Start => Control Panel => Administrative Tools => Remote Desktop Services => Remote Desktop Session Host Configuration. 3. Under “Edit Settings”, change “Delete temporary folders on exit” to “No”. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS


DescriptionCorel® documents print light. Output from other applications is normal.

Solution CAUSE:Setting in Corel®.When the colors in a file or in the workspace color palette are not displaying as bright, vibrant colors this can be caused by theColor Management being enabled in CorelDRAW®. The default setting in CorelDRAW® is Color Management enabled. SOLUTION:To disable Color Management,perform the following:1. Click on Tools, Color Management.2. In the Style drop-down list, select "Color Management Off" and click OK. Note : In this mode, colors may not print as they are displayed on screen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD


Description The SCAN functions are "grayed out"on theMFPyet the permissions are set to allow the scan functions.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect sytem configuration. SOLUTION: "Normal" scanning is not supported through the Creo®.The scan method is called Remote Scan and it uses the TWAIN driver. To configure: 1. Upgrade theMFP to at least version 40 firmware. 2. Upgrade the IC-304 to minimum version 2.0 and install all applicable patches to meet the customer needs. 3. Sign on locally to the Creo® as " operator " and use the password of " colorserver ".4. Using the Help function, look at Basic Workflows and select the "Remote Scanning Application".This section will assist youwithlearning how to set up users.

SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD

117




Description "[Paper size such as Letter, 8.5x11, Legal, etc.] not loaded in any tray" message when printing through the PostScript driver, even though the correct papersize is loaded in the machine.

Solution CAUSE:Incorrect setting."Hold mismatched documents" is selected. SOLUTION:In Microsoft® Windows, open Printer Properties, select the "Advanced" tab and clear the check box for "Hold mismatched documents." Note :This is shown in the attached document.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from theAdobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Luis Alvarez, KMBS/San Diego


Description When viewing RIPped files in the Image Viewer application, the colors are not comparable to the printed output.

Solution CAUSE: Monitor ICC profile is not associated to the viewer application in the Image Viewer Preferences. SOLUTION: In Image Viewer, select "Edit => Preferences" and select the monitor profile for the type of monitor being used. This will ensure that colors arereproduced more accurately when editing files. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, unable to select staple or punch from the control panel. Able to select staple and fold or 3-fold options.

Solution CAUSE: In the Output Applications either the machine is defaulted to N to 1 or N to 1 is selected. SOLUTION: Under Output Applications select 1 to N to unlock these features. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description"Device can not print in accordance w/guidelines pick another printer" message when trying to print postage from Stamps.Com.

Solution CAUSE: Driver incompatibility. SOLUTION: Stamps.com states that they will not work with Konica Minoltadrivers.The only thing they will do is print labels, and you have to purchase thelabels from Stamps.com. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD

118




Description IMPORTANT :Information regarding the installation of patch 1-YQYRA on the IC-303/IC-305 with System Code 2.0.

Solution The installation of maintenance release 1 (patch 1-YQYRA) for system code 2.0 for the IC-303 and IC-305 will delete all jobs in all print queues and all jobsarchived locally on the Fiery® HDD. Be sure to back up all data (jobs, settings, etc.) before installingpatch1-YQYRAon the IC-303 or IC-305 Fiery® controller. Please refer to the attached documentation for patch specifications and installation information. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. AdobeReader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note : Please disregard previous documenation for patch 1-YQYRA as it does not list information regarding the deletion of print jobs. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/BSE


Description Meter readings that are exported to an Microsoft® Excel file from the main body NIC are incorrect when compared to the software meters of the machine.Thetotal B&W and Color are totalled under the color column andthere is nothing in the B&W column.

Solution CAUSE:Incorrect settings of TOTAL set for the account under Account Track. SOLUTION:When setting up a new account change the upper limit setting from “TOTAL" to "INDIVIDUAL”. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionTabloid (11x17) booklet creation on a Fiery® IC-408, IC-303 and IC-305.

Solution Please perform the step-by-step proceduresin the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to locate the Microsoft® Windows Vista™ 32-bit or 64-bit driver for the IC-304.

Solution CAUSE: System code requires an upgrade. SOLUTION: Install version 2.0 of the system code, then install all of the applicablepatches. System code and patches are available via the Konica MinoltaDownload Selector under ColorProducts => IC-304 (Creo) => System Code. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) byclicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more' SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionMicrosoft® Word does not return to the default printer when closed and reopened.

119



Solution CAUSE: Microsoft® Outlook is open and is using Microsoft® Word asthe default program for editing messages. SOLUTION: To change the default mail message editing program perform the following: 1. Go into Microsoft® Outlook and select Tools from the tool bar. 2. Scroll down to Options. 3. Click on the Mail Format Tab. 4.Make sure the Use Microsoft Office Word 2003 to edit e-mail messages checkbox is selected. Note : In versions before Microsoft® Outlook 2003, the text reads Use Microsoft Word to edit e-mail messages . In Microsoft® Outlook 2007, there is nolonger an Outlook editor. The default is Microsoft® Word and cannot be changed. 5. Close the dialog. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCannot print to a user box from MicroPress®.

Solution CAUSE: This is not an available function with the MicroPress® sytem. SOLUTION: To print to a user box, a standard bizhub PRO 1050 driver must be installed. This will allow printing directly to the bizhub PRO 1050 bypassingthe MicroPress® system. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionAccessories are not shown or not available in the MicroPress® shared driver.

Solution CAUSE: Options are not enabled in the driver on the MicroPress® server. SOLUTION: To enable the driver options: 1. On the MicroPress® server, access the Printers & Faxes menu. 2.Right-click the desired printer. 3. Select Properties. 4. Select the Device Settings tab. 5.Scroll down to the Installable Options section; expand the section. 6.Select desired paper source and finishing options thenselect Apply. The options will now be available for all workstations with the shared driver loaded. Please review the attached document for detailed view of option setting.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description Under the Mixed Media tab of the IC-303/IC-305 Windows print driver v1.1, it is not possible toinput more than 6 characters in the "Insert Blank..." PageNumber field.

Solution CAUSE: The print driver needs to be updated. SOLUTION: The latest Windows print driver and the IC-303/305 system code upgrade to version 2.0 has resolved this issue. IC-303/305 system code 2.0 is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector : 1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com 2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page.3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS )" link located on the left.4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located on the left. Asystem code 2.0 upgrade kit is available from the Parts Department: IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.0 (p/n 45076554). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/BSE

120




DescriptionSelected areas, like charts, print in black when color is selected from Microsoft® Excel 2007. Driver is defaulted to black. If color is selected for the entiredocument all will print in color.

Solution CAUSE: Service Pack 2 for Microsoft® Office 2007 has not been installed. SOLUTION: Install Microsoft® Office 2007 SP2. To install the Service Pack, run Microsoft® Update or download from the Microsoft Office Online Downloads page . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD


Description Some PDF files won't print

Solution CAUSE: Security restrictions preventing printing. SOLUTION: 1. Open the file in question on a PC and select "File" 2. Click "Document properties" 3. Click "Security" 4. View if there are any restrictions for printing. This feature can be viewed with all versions of Acrobat reader but can be changedwith Acrobat standard or higher. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by John Miller, Workgroup/SSD


Description CREO© Driver GUI shows as offline. When checking the printer status from the GUI, a message to check the printer power and/or connection is displayedand paper tray and finisher option information shown is not correct. Print jobs do submit and print correctly. The CREO© Server does show machine status correctly.

Solution CAUSE: CREO© TCP/IP address or host name has not been entered in the Printer Properties when configuring the driver. SOLUTION: Enter the TCP/IP address or host name in the Driver properties. 1. From the workstation, go to the Printers and Faxes section.2. Right-click the IC-304 printer.3. Select Properties.4. In the Properties window, select Print Driver tab.5. Select Server Host name.6. Enter the TCP/IP address of theIC-304.7. Select Apply. Note : Please review the attached images for example of the issue and any Driver properties changes. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description

121



When printing 8.5x14 booklets with cover page via the IC-408, the job does not print, resulting in the following message in CWS: "It is not possible to staplebecause of finisher limitation. Paper size is not supported." If the same job is sent without the cover page selected then legal size booklet outputs fine.

Solution This issue has been escalated to Konica Minolta Business Technologies in Japan. KMBS/SSD/ESS is working with our partners in support and R & D in Japan to obtain a resolution for this issue as quickly as possible. If viewing this solution via the web, please establish a ticket via either the web or by calling our contact center at 1-800-825-5664. Once a ticket has beenestablished an E-mail will be sent when this solution is updated. For phone advisors, please attach to this solution for an automatic E-mail that will be sent to the technician when this solution is updated. End the call withcall code "Escalated to Japan". SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, SSD/ESS

122


bizhub PRO C6501 Warm-up, wrong display, incorrect operation, lock-up


DescriptionC-3102 (C3102) code possibly accompanied by an abnormal noise.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.One of the gears in the fusing unit gearboxfails. The shaft for fusing unit gear/H has been changed so that it is now supported at both ends instead of justone end. The gear is now made of a stronger material. The new design has been incorporated into all bizhub PRO C6500 machines beginning with s/n A03U0000787. A replacement gearbox is available formachines with lower serial numbers. For the machines with serial numbers between A03U010000788 and A03U010001446 the fuser gearbox is alreadyupdated and only fusing gear /H (p/n A03U808811) needs to be replaced. Note :See attached Bulletin Number5923.This only applies to bizhub PRO C6500. All other models have the new style. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader®must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. The machine cannot determine the separation cam home position. Check the following items PS16 (p/n 08AA 8551 2) and Release Actuator flag (p/n A03U 7244 00). Make sure when the fuser jam release green knob isturned counterclockwise, the Release Actuator flag (p/n A03U 7244 00) blocks and unblocks PS16/PS17. Check to see if the sensor is disconnected. Ifturning the Fuser Jam removal Knob does not change the position of the Release Actuator flag, then check the drive gears associated withM30 (p/n 27LA8003 0) for broken or stripped drive gears andreplace them if damaged. 3. A one-way gear (p/n A03U 8093 00) is slipping in the fixing drive assembly. Replace the (3) fixing drive gears with the modifiedFixing Drive Gear/M 22T (p/n A03U 8093 11) andthe fixing drive shaft/A (p/n A03U725800). Please refer to the attached Parts Modification Notices for details. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded forfree from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 4. Failed fixing limiter. Replace fixing limiter (p/n 65AA53651). 5. Failed ICP14 on Conveyance Drive Board Replace Conveyance Drive Board (p/n A03U H050 04). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, David Aekus and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-2211 (C2211), C-2212(C2212), C-2213 (C2213) or C-2214 (C2214)usually when the machine is running in thick paper mode (1/2 line speed). These aredrum drive error codes. Pleasebe sure that the problem is not drive-related.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect drum speed. Please installminimum v40 firmwareto correct the drum speed. Note : The latest version firmware isavailable via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support)by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. After installing the firmware please set the following DipSW to the recommended setting: DipSW21 bit 6 bit 7 0 0 Default 1 0 0.1% up 0 1 0.2% up (Recommended) 1 1 0.3% up If the symptom reoccurs with the recommended value, try the 0.3% UP setting. 2. Cleaning blade has "flipped" on a corresponding color. Please refer to TAUS0801219EN15 if it is determined that the drum blade has flipped. 3. Incorrect Belt Line Speed Adjustment setting. Check the setting by referring to section 10.3.8 Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment) in the Service Manual. If the setting value is not in the rangebetween -5 to -35, readjust the value within -5 to -35. If -5 to -35 cannot give the satisfactory result, also perform the section 10.3.3. FD Mag. Adjustment(Printer Adjustment). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE;Cesar Jimenez,Ed Bellone and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description C-4520 error code

123



at power up. with poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers). during color registration adjustment. after performinga PM. possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt. possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes. possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes.

Solution At power up. CAUSE: Ten (10) pixels of Color registration overlap is detected when comparing to a previous Color Registration adjustment. SOLUTION: In order to reduce the error occurrence ratio, the following function was added to firmware version 60. DIPSW 23-1 0 : SC detected condition 10 pixels (Default) 1 : SC detected condition 60 pixels Notes : 1. To change SC detected condition only, color registration accuracy itself is not change. 2. The purpose of this DIPswitch is to reduce the occurrence ratio. Color registration problem itself cannot be improved. 3. Download and install firmware version 60 if necessary. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta DownloadSelector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers). PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Upper front bearing falling out of the holderbecause oflack of tension on the upper roller bearings. Remove and reverse the upper front bearing (p/n 5400 7605 0 listed on page 32, Key 5 in the Parts Manual) so that the bearing flange is outward and/orslightly re-form the holder in which it sits so that more pressure is applied to the bearing. 2. Tension roller in the Intermediate Transfer Assemblybecoming dislodged, permitting the transfer belt to “walk off” or the upper and lower tension rollersare not lining up correctly. Addition of a new spacer at each end of the tension roller prevents the roller from disengaging from the bracket. To accommodate the new spacer, the lengthof the roller has been increased slightly and a “D” shape placed on the ends. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6331 for additional detail. Also, adjusting thelower tension roller is suggested. Please see the attached document for directions. 3. Gaps between Tension Plate Rear Caulking (p/n 65AA -273 0) and Plate/Rear (p/n 65AA 2625 0E) after maintenance performed on the transfer belt unit. Set Tension Plate Rear Caulking properly so that no gap exists and firmly fix with screw. See attached files for more information. Note :Also refer to attached Bulletin Number 6522 which addresses Transfer Belt Sliding. During color registration adjustment. CAUSE: Failed color registration sensor PS8 or PS9. SOLUTION:SwapPS8 and/or PS9. Replace color registration assembly (p/n A03U R7B4 00) After performinga PM. CAUSE: The Color Registration adjustment was not performed (bizhub PRO C5500/C5501/C6500/C6501 ). SOLUTION: Perform the Color Registration adjustment: 1.Enter Service Mode. 2.Select Machine Adjustment. 3.Select Printer Adjustment. 4.Select Color Registration Adjustment and then Start. 5.Exit Service mode. Possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt. CAUSE: The first transfer pressure release motor (M19) coupling gear is spring loaded and can become lodged in the back position. SOLUTION: Release the first transfer pressure release motor (p/n 08AA 8003 0) coupling gear (p/n 65AA 1714 0) so that it springs freely when pressed andreleased. Possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP fuse on the Printer Control Board (PRCB). Check the continuity of the ICP fuses ICP17, ICP20, and ICP21 with the PRCB out of the machine. You can also carefully check that there is 24V DC oneach side of the fuses while the board is in the machine. Voltage on just one side of the fuse would indicate that the fuse is open and the board needsreplacing (p/n A03U R759 00 - Printer Control Unit).

124



2. If [09 Writing Init. Pos. Memory] is not performed, the adjustment value is not reset to the initial value. Consequently, adjustment margin is decreased insome cases. Whenthe write unit is replaced, clean the dust-proof glass and perform the following adjustments in order: a. Writing Init Pos. Memory b. LD Bias Adjustment c. I/O check mode d. CD Skew Adjustment e. Restart Timing Adjustment f. Color Registration Adjustment g. Color Registration/Manual (Adjustment) h. Auto Gamma Adjustment Note : Please refer to attached Machine Adjustment section taken from the March 2009, Version 2.0 bizhub C6501/C6501P/C65hc/C5501 Service Manual,Theory of Operation. Possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes. CAUSE: ICP17 isOPEN on the Printer Control Board. The wiring between the printer control board and the hardware counters may be pinched. If the wire isshorted to ground, ICP17 on the printer control board will open, resulting in the error code. If the wire is broken internally without shorting, the machine willfunction but the counter will not increment. SOLUTION:Check the wiring between the PRCB and the Total Counter. There might be a short to ground close to the Total Counter. After the short is foundand repaired, replace the PRCB (p/n A03U R759 00). If the wiring is not damaged, reposition it so that it is secured in the plastic hooks behind the counters. This will keep the wiring from being pinched when thecover is removed and reinstalled. It is recommended that all machines be inspected at setup or the next service call to prevent future incidents. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6196 for complete information, including illustrations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of AdobeReader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy/Mark D'Attilio/Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD and KMBT (Japan)


DescriptionC-6702, C-6703 or C-6704 code.

Solution CAUSE: Failed Image Processing Board. SOLUTION: Replace the IPB (p/n A03U H02028 for bizhub PRO C5500/C6500/C6500P andp/n A0U0 H020 02 for bizhub PROC5501/C6501C6501P/C65hc ). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-6708 (C6708) at power up.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.At power up the exposure lamp moves to the left to perform shading correction, but the lamp never lights. Failed exposure lamp or Inverter board. Replace Exposure Lamp (p/n A03U M301 01) or Inverter Board (p/n A03U M405 00) as necessary. 2. ICP1 or ICP2 has failed (OPEN) on the CCD. Verify thatICP1 or ICP2is OPENand replace the CCD (p/n A03U A290 00)if necessary. 3. ICP2 on the IFB has failed (OPEN). Verify thatICP2 is OPEN and replace the IFB (p/n A03U H100 01)if necessary. 4. ICP1 or ICP2 on the IPB (located on theopposite side of the ribbon cable connection) has failed (OPEN). Verify thatICP1or ICP2is and replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 15)if necessary. 5. The CCD wiring is poorly connected or damaged. Reseat connection ribbon cable (p/n A03U N133 00) on the CCD unit and the IPB, inspect for damage andreplaceif necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Ed Bellone, David Aekus and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


125



Description “Please wait...” message.

Solution “Please wait for a while” message and unable to power the machine OFF/ON from sub-power switch after failed firmware update. Service mode will beinaccessible. May also indicate "System down please main power off and on". Power save button is flashing on control panel. CAUSE: Machine is in "Power On" mode due to flashing of Image files to the OACB failing. SOLUTION: Firmware Image (I0-I5) files must be resent using the ISWutility. Note : USB Flash will not be possible until firmware is written to the OACB. The current machine condition is the same as when replacing the OACB. Please wait for a while” messageand unable topower the machineOFF/ON from sub-power switch. Firmware update was not being performed prior to issue.

CAUSE: Failed OACB. SOLUTION: Replace the OACB (p/n A03U H010 5A). For the OACB location, please see the attached file. Note :The new OACB will not have firmware loadedwhich will require the board be flashed using the ISW utility. USB flash will not be possible until thefirmware is installed on thereplacement OACB. "Please Wait" message with C-37C5 (or any C-37xx code). CAUSE: Any C-37xx code indicates a problem with the fuser roller temperature. SOLUTION: For the C-37C5 code, replace the upper fuser lamp (p/n A03U M31E 00). "Please Wait Warming Up" messagefrequently during copy/print runs. CAUSE: Incorrect Software SW setting. SOLUTION: Set fixing temperature soft switch to the standard setting. To set the fixing temperature soft switch perform the following: 1.Enter Service mode. 2.Select System Setting. 3.Select Software SW Setting. 4.Set Software SW 19-1 to1 (ON), 19-2 to 1 (ON) and 19-3 to0 (OFF for Standard fixing temperature settings. 5.Exit Service mode. "Please Wait Now Adjusting" message. CAUSE: Machine has a service code and the display of service codes has been disabled. SOLUTION: Set Software SW 11-0to0. Cycle power OFF/ON and check for a service code. "Please Wait..." message. Touch panel is unresponsive, Sub power indication light is flashing on control panel andService mode can not be accessed bypowering on while holding utility. CAUSE: The OACB was replaced with no firmwareloaded. SOLUTION: Load firmware. PowerON themachine and wait until it reaches the "Please Wait" indication. Using a USB cable (USB memory stick cannot beused)and the ISWTRNS utility, sendthe "ImageAll" files. The transfer may be slow. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byJohn Miller, Workgroup/SSD; David Aekus/Ed Bellone/Jim Behrends/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD andClinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD


DescriptionC-4718, C-4719, C-4720 or C-4721.Depending on the code indicated, the three other malfunction codeshave not been registered.

Solution CAUSE: Write unit failure. SOLUTION:Replace the write unit. bizhub PRO C5500/C6500 write unit: p/n A03U R712 00 - color p/n A03U R711 00 - black

126



bizhub PRO C5501/C6501 write unit: p/n A0U0 R708 00 - color p/n A0U0 R707 00 - black Note : The following codes relate to individual write units. CODE WRITE UNIT C-4718 Yellow C-4719 Magenta C-4720 Cyan C-4721 Black SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-503, SC77-25 (B/W MFP) or C-1142 (Color MFP) .

Solution CAUSE: A failed Paper Lifting gear /D (15T/40T) and/or the Intermediate Roller Open/Close motor (M25). Note : The motor worm gear and paper lift up gear are worn or improperly meshed and unable to transmit the drive. This applies to machines below thefollowing serial numbers: 15AE03833 15AF00951 Manufacturing changes were made to eliminate this situation on machines with higher serial numbers. SOLUTION: Replace Paper Lifting gear /D (p/n 5400 7732 1) and/or the Intermediate Roller Open/Close motor (p/n 15AA R717 00 - includes worm gear). Notes : 1. The operation of the intermediate roller and motor can be checked using I/O mode output code 72-56. When initiated, the intermediate roller shouldperform a home search. 2. If improperly meshed and only slightly worn, loosen the screw that fixesM25(using#1 Phillips-head screwdriver). While pressing the worm gear slightly inthe direction of the gear, tighten the screw and apply asmall amount(2-3mm size) of Plus Guard grease (p/n 00GR00020) on the worm gear anda few drops(5-6mm size)on the cam surface. If the worm gear and worm wheel are seriously worn, replace themand then apply grease as previously mentioned. CAUTION : Be careful not to smear grease on the nearby sensor (PS33). 3. Refer to attached documentation for additional detail. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone andBob Moeller, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-2451, C-2452, C-2453orC-2454.

Solution CAUSE:A toner density sensor has failed or is being read incorrectly. SOLUTION:Swap suspected problem developing unit with theanother developing unit (tape up the developer toner entrance hole or leave toner hopper unitopen with interlocks made so it will not be adding toner to the incorrect swapped unit) and powerON the machine.If the problem follows the developing unitand a different service code is indicated,the TDS sensor (p/n A03U M508 01) may have failed. To verify, check the values of the sensors in the Service mode => Process adjustment => Sensor output check => #4 TCR sensors. Values shouldbe around 130 (if no reading, check developing unit connections, spring contacts and for loose wires). The higher the value, the more undertoned thedeveloper. The lower the value, the more overtoned. Try depleting toner, if needed, from the suspected unit by running halftones of test pattern 53, density of 255 (leaving toner hopper unit open so it will not addtoner). Check if the TCR value rises, achieving a value of 130. Try adding toner to the suspected unit (closing the toner hopper unit so it will add) in the I/O mode (54-0 for Yellow, 54-3 for Magenta, 54-6 for Cyan or 54-9for Black) to see if the suspected unit values go lower (if not, the toner hopper may be packed or the toner motor has failed; test in I/O). Try to achieve thevalue of 130. The above procedures might have to be done a couple of times to achieve the target values. Perform any required image adjustments after the procedure

127



has been done. Malfunction Code Color C-2451Yellow C-2452 Magenta C-2453 Cyan C-2454 Black SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp/Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-0213 code intermittently.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.A one-way paper exit drive gear is slipping. Replace paper exit gear /2 (p/n A03U 9098 00), paper exit gear /3 (p/n A03U 9097 01), paper exit gear /4 (p/n A03U 9096 00) and/or paper exit gear /5 (p/nA03U 9095 02) as necessary. 2. Dirty or failed Paper exit pressure home sensor (PS10). Clean or replace PS10 as necessary (p/n 08AA 8551 2). 3.Older style regulating shaft is installed. (bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500 only) Installmodified paper exit regulating shaft (p/n A03U 8929 02). Note : See attacheddocumentation for additional details. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for freefrom the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD and Micheal Johnson, KMBS/San Francisco


DescriptionNo power.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Failed OACB. Replace OACB (p/n A03U H010 5A). 2.Peripherals were plugged into the wrong connector on the RU-504.This causes a short in the 5V DC line in the bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C6501 and anyattached peripherals. Multiple boards will need to be replaced. These include (not limited to) the following boards: Main Body Part Number Operation Panel Board ( bizhub PRO C6501 ) A03U R708 00 ( A0U0 R701 00 ) OACB A03U H010 5A IPB ( bizhub PRO C6501 )

128



A03U H020 15 ( A0U0 H020 02 ) PRCB ( bizhub PRO C6501 ) A03U R759 00 ( A03U R759 11 ) Conveyance Drive Board A03U H050 04 Scanner Drive Board 65AA-9071E Toner Drive Boards 65AA-9061E PFU Drive Boards A03X H010 17 Control boards of all options (includes DF, RU, FS, SD, etc.). Note : Please see the attached Bulletin Number 6541 for further information. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE and Ed Bellone/Jim Behrends/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-2451 (C2451) intermittently or at power up.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Auto Refresh Interval is set to OFF.Set the Auto Refresh Interval (Interval/Quantity Adj.) accordingly. Select the execution intervals and the toner consumption amount of the toner refresh mode (checks the average of print coverage for each color with eachspecific drive distance of the developing roller/K, and consumes a certain amount of toner for the color that the print coverage is lower than 5% converted inA4 size after completion of printing).From theService Mode Menu screen: a.Press [02 Process Adjustment]. b.Press [05 Interval/Quantity Adj.]. c.Press [02 Auto. Refresh Interval]. d. At theAutomatic Refresh Interval screen, specify the settings of each adjustment item: Execution existence: ON b. Execution frequency: [small] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 1,000 prints [middle] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 500 prints [large] - Equivalent to A4 continuous 330 prints Refresh quantity: [small] - Equivalent to A3 solid 3 sheets [middle] - Equivalent to A3 solid 5 sheets [large] - Equivalent to A3 solid 8 sheets Note :Execution frequency varies depending on environmental temperature and print modes. e.Press [OK]to enable the new settings or press [Cancel] to cancel the operation. 2. Failed Yellow Developing Unit.

129



Replace the Yellow Developing Unit (p/n A03U R706 00). 3. DCPS2 has failed. Verify 24V DCoutput from DCPS2, there should be 24V DCat CN112 pins 1 & 2 and CN113 pins 1 & 2. If voltage is missing replace DCPS2 (p\nA03U M402 01). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ASG/SSD and Jim Behrends/Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionIntermittent C-4701 (C4701) and/or C-4703(C4703) codes.

Solution CAUSE: A failed Image Memory Control Board. SOLUTION: Replace the IMCB (p/n A03U H040 13). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-C134 (CC134) after replacing image processing board.

Solution CAUSE: The incorrect Image processing board is installed. Note :The latest bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500 IPB (p/n A03UH020 15 or greater) and bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C5501/C65hc (p/n A0U0 H020 *).The [*] designates the last digitsof theboard revision("00"is the initial version). SOLUTION: Install the correct Image processing board. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD.


DescriptionC-0418error code which may be intermittent.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. This occurswhen the LU-202 is set to Coated Paper and the Relative Humidity is above 56%. Installthemodified LU-202 LCT control board (p/n A03W H010 13). 2. Failing HT-503 (Item #A0410Y0). Replace HT-503. Note : Ensure the Dehumidifier Switch (SW3) is turned ON with the HT-503 installed. SW3 is located on the lower left side of the machine under a cover. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description The Use Management List, the Account track & Authentication information, is blank when printed.

Solution CAUSE: A user has not been registered for User Authentication. SOLUTION: Account Track data will be output if either User Authentication is enabledor a User Authentication account is set up and then User Authenticationis disabled with the account still Registered. To Register a user, select: 1.Utility.

130



2. Machine Admin. 3. User Auth./Account Track. 4. Authentication method. 5. Set User Authentication ON (MFP). 6. Close. 7. User Authentication Set. 8. User Register. 9. Add. 10. Create user. 11. Return. 12. Close. 13. Go back to Authentication Method. 14. User Authentication OFF. 15. OK. 16. Close. 17. System Setting. 18. List/Count. 19. Use Management List. 20. Select Copy at top of screen. 21. Press Start. 21. Once list has output, select Utility tab at top of screen. 22. Return. 23. Exit. The list will now output with Account Track information. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp/Ian Lynch/Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


Description C-3912 (C3912) code at power up or "Machine warming up please wait" message.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Failed ACDB. Replace the ACDB (p/n A03U H520 02). Note : Before replacing the ACDB ensure that temperature sensor/3 (TH3) is working. TH3 will read if one of the fuser lamps is open. 2. Failed fuser lamp(s). Check continuity of the three upper fuser lamps L2, L3 and L4. Replace failed fuser lamp (p/n A03U M32E 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends/Mike McCarthy/Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-C133 code after installing firmware or shortly after power ON.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failure of the memory control board. Replace the memory control board (p/n A03U H040 13). 2. A modifiedMemory Control Board was not installed before the firmware was upgraded. Machines below serial number A03010000516 need the modifiedboard installed before upgrading to version 25 firmware. (bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P) Install the modifiedMemory Control Board (p/n A03U H040 13). Refer to page4 of the attached Bulletin Number 5898. To viewthe PDF, you may need todownload a free copy of Adobe Reader®. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD and John Auxier, KMBS/Peoria, IL


DescriptionC-2721 (C-2721) shortly after power up or during operation.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES:

131



1.FailedHV2. ReplaceHV2 (p/n A03U M404 00). 2. Bad connection. Re-seat the connection to the separation pole of the separationdischarge section.Please see attached diagram from the Field Service Manual.To viewthePDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note : The code does not appear immediately after pre-drive; it appearswhen a copy is made and the paper stops at the separation section. 3. Separation abnormality; poorconnection of the Powering Block A Assembly (p/n 65AA R7460 0), and/or the Powering Block 1 Assembly (p/n 65AA R72700) and/or Separation Wire (p/n 65AA 9025 0). Check the connectors of the power blocks for corrosion, proper alignment and contact. Replace as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marco Cortez, KMBS/San Diego and Mark D'Attilio/Freddie Burnham/Ian Lynch/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description C-6801(C6801) at power up.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Poor connection of the Operation panel. Reseat Operation panel connectors. 2.Communications error between the Overall CB, PRCB and the Operation panel. Reseat the connectorss on the CB and the PRCB. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-283x codes.

Solution CAUSE: LD Power becomes saturated when performing Auto Gamma adjustment in a low humidity condition. SOLUTION: Perform the following adjustment: 1. [Utility]. 2. [Machine Admin. Setting]. 3. [System Setting]. 4. [Expert Adjustment]. 5. [Process Adjustment]. 6. [Toner Quantity / Exposure]. 7. Select the proper Exposure Adjustment [Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, or Black] by using the Next/Previous button. 8. Select Standard then select [-2] under Exposure. 9. Press OK. Notes : a.If the problem persists, replace the problem color drum since the cause of the SC is the combination of drum characteristic and humidity. b. The following codes = colors: C-2831 = Yellow ; C-2832 = Magenta ; C-2833 = Cyan ; C-2834 = Black . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCHECK POWER AND CABLE message for SD-501/SD-506 at power up.

Solution CAUSE: SD-501/SD-506 door switches not actuated.

SOLUTION: Make certain that the finisher doors are closed and the switches actuated. If the switches are actuated and the problem persists, check thecontinuity. Replace the door switches (p/n 40AA85010) as needed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD

132




Description"Memory Full" messagewhen copying mutiple colored originals through the DF-609 and requesting more than one set after installing the HD-506.

Solution CAUSE: Dipswitch 10-1 (Hard disk image memory)is set to 0 (OFF). SOLUTION: Set dipswitch 10-1 to 1 (ON) to allocate extra memory after the HD-506 is installed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-D0E1 (CD0E1).

Solution CAUSE: Black Hard Disk Drive (HDD) initialization abnormality. SOLUTION: This has been corrected with firmware version 26 (install version 26 or later). The latest version firmware or system software is available via theKonica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware andmore'. Run I/O code 99-03. This will check HDD for bad sectors and recovery. If problem persists, swap the black HDD with another color to verify that the HDDfailed and replace the individual HDD as necessary (p/n A03Y R701 00). The HD-506 is actually a kit (p/n A03Y0Y0) that includes 4x40GB hard drives (1 per color channel) mounted to a single board. The drives are formatted(FAT32) and contains pre-loaded stamps and watermarks with plenty of room for user overlays. Notes : 1. To temporarily use the machine, set DipSW 2, Bit 0 to 0. This will disable the HDDs. 2.Please referenceversion 26 Release Notes prior to installation. The HD-506 Installation and Parts Manuals are also attached for reference. 3. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone/Freddie Burnham/Mike McCarthy/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionTouchscreen is not responding. If out of adjustment, how can the touchscreen be adjusted?

Solution CAUSE: The touch panel (touchscreen) is out of adjustment and no longer responds. SOLUTION: To adjust the touchscreen, perform the following: 1.Selectthe Utility/Counter button. 2. Select 04 Touch Screen Adjustment. 3. Following theon-display prompts, touch the points on the display. 4. Touch theCheck boxes on the display to verify. 5. Save bypressing the hard key 0,then exit with hard key 1. Note : If adjustment must be made whenmachine has a service code,perform the following: a. Power on machine holding Utility/Counter button. b. Press the Access button. c.Press the 4 on keypad. d.Following theon-display prompts, touch the points on the display. e.Touch theCheck boxes on the display to verify. f.Save bypressing the hard key 0,then exit with hard key 1. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-3911 (C3911) code at power up.

133



Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Failed temperature sensor/1 (TEMS1). Replace temperature sensor/1 (p/n 65AA 8801 0). 2. Failed ACDB. Replace the ACDB (p/n A03U H520 01). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHD-506 not recognized.

Solution CAUSE: Software switch for HDD recognition not set correctly. SOLUTION: To enable HDD recognition, perform the following: 1. Access Service Mode by pressing the utility/counter key and then pressing Stop, 00, Stop, 01. 2. On the touchscreen, touch 03 [System Setting]. 3. On the next screen touch 01 [Software Switch Setting]. 4. Use the up/down arrows to scroll to Software dipswitch 2-0. Set the switch to ON (1) to enable the HD-506. Note : DipSW 10-1 also needs to be set to1 for the HD-506 to be utilized by the MFP. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionISW error 196when attempting to flash firmware.

Solution When booting theMFP, the control panel indicates aC-C113 (CC113) or C-C114 (CC114) CAUSE: At the rear of the machine, DIPsw 2 is set to "OFF" or the jumper is inserted in CN19. SOLUTION: Set DIPsw 2 to "ON" and remove jumper and reinstall connector into CN19. Note : The error relating to FD-501 is C-C113 and for SD-501,C-C114. For the LS-501, make sure that the connector jack is disconnected and plugged into the connector plugs of the RU-503 unit. Please seesteps 8& 9on pages E8/E9 of the attached LS-501 Installation Manual. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloadedfor free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . When flashing the PB-501/PB-502 CAUSE: The jumper for CN29 on the PBCB is connected. SOLUTION: The jumper for CN29 on the PBCB must be removed and the wiring connector connected. The jumper is only used when the Perfect Binder isinstalled on abizhub PRO1050. After replacing PWB-PRCB CAUSE: When the PWB-PRCB was installed CN301 was not connected. SOLUTION: Unplug theMFP from the wall outlet and connect CN301. The connector is a 4-pin connector located on the bottom of PWB-PRCB. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp/Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch/Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-4521 (C4521) color registration error code.

Solution CAUSE: It is possible toner or dust is deposited between the color registration sensors, PS8 and PS9, and their outer cover. Simply wiping the sensor will notresolve the problem. SOLUTION: Remove the color registration assembly (p/n A03U R7980 0) and inspect the sensors. If toner or dust is deposited between the sensor and itsouter cover, the color registration assembly must be replaced. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD

134




DescriptionSD-501/SD-506, SC77-74 (bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP only)or C-1255.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The clincher up/down gear has become damaged. Note : A grinding noise may also be heard. Replace the gear(p/n 15AN 7744 00). The stacker section must be withdrawn to access the gear.Pleaseseeattached SD-501 Bulletin Number 5384 as areference. IMPORTANT :As a preventative measure,apply EM-30L grease (p/n 00GR00220) to the gear on the next service visit. After that, please apply grease every750,000 copies. Grease is applied during the manufacturing process, but possibly dries upover time.The gear location can be seen when the left door of SD-501/SD-506 is opened. Using a long brush or similar, apply the grease under good light (flashlight). CAUTIONS : Turn off the power switch before starting the work Be careful that grease does not fall off of the gear. 2. Failed M20 (clincher up/down motor) which"appears" to function normally, but lacks speed and strength to lift the clinchers and activate PS26 (clincherup/down home sensor) at the designated time (for reference, please see attached SD-501 Theory of Operation). The commutator in M20 becomes dirty and fails to make good connection with the brushes. The motor loses strength and speed or may fail tocommencerotating. When continuity is measured with a meter, reading will fluctuate wildly as the shaft is slowly turned, indicating poor connection through thecommutator to the windings of the armature. Replace M20 (DC Brush Motor/1 - p/n 15AQ M103 00). 3. PS26 has failed. Replace PS26 (p\n 08AA 8551 2). 4. The staple clincher wiring is disconnected or the solenoid stopper portion of the staple clincher breaks. Check the staple clincher wiring connection. The shape of the staple Assy/B has been changed. Please replace the part andsee attached SD-501 BulletinNumber 6428 for reference.To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Steve Bray, Pacific Office Automation/Beaverton, OR; Jim Behrends/Gregg Gallant/Bob Moeller/Ed Bellone,Production Print/SSD and KMBT (Japan)


DescriptionUnable to scan to SMB.

135



Solution CAUSE: SMB function is prohibited. SOLUTION: To enable SMB, perform the following: 1. Select Utility\Counter. 2. Select Machine Admin. Setting. 3. Select System Setting. 4. Select Operation Prohibit Set. 5. Select Scanner Prohibit Setting. 6. Select Permission next to the SMB tab. 7. Exit the Administrator mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez/Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


Description“Can Not Use This Function in the Current Authentication Mode" messagein the browser. Unable to access Account Track via the machine NIC.

Solution CAUSE:User Authentication has accounts input, is enabled, or the User Distribute Number is not set to 0. SOLUTION:To allow access to the Account track, perform the following at the machine: 1.Enter the Machine administrator mode and delete any User Authentication accounts that have been created. 2.Set the User Authentication to OFF. 3.Set the User Distribute Number to 0. Note : The User Distribute Number will not reset to 0 if accounts have already been created. Once this has been done, access is allowed to the Account Track setup page of the machine NIC using a web browser. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski and Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionMachine stops printing and indicates "Dehumidifying".

Solution CAUSE: Print during temperature control is set to "Not allowed". SOLUTION: Change Print during temperature control to "Allowed" by setting DIPswitch 18-4 to 1 in the Software Switch Setting Mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-3501 (C3501).

Solution CAUSE: 1. Temperature Sensor 1 has failed. Replace Temp Sensor 1 (p/n 65AA 8801 0). 2. Failed fuser lamp(s). Check continuity of the three upper fuser lamps L2, L3 and L4. Replace failed fuser lamp (p/n A03U M32E 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-4111 (C4111), C-4112 (C4112), C-4113 (C4113), or C-4114 (C4114) codes.

Solution CAUSE: Abnormal temperature detection of the polygon motor was detected.

136



SOLUTION: Replace affected write unit or PRCB (p/n A03U R759 11). WRITE UNIT bizhub PRO C6501/C6501P/C5501/C65hc Part NumberError Code Type A0U0 R708 00C-4111/C-4112/C-4113 Color A0U0 R707 00C-4114Black bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500 Part NumberError Code Type A03U R7A6 00 C-4111/C-4112/C-4113 ColorA03U R7A5 00 C-4114 Black SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-2840 (C2840)at startup.

Solution CAUSE: The PGC sensor is malfunctioning. SOLUTION: Recall Standard Data to Factory Init from the Process Adj screen in Service mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


Description The HTTP Communication protocol is newly supported for bizhub vCare. Major advantages of HTTP communication include the ease of configuration and the utilization ofthe widely accepted HTTP protocol. MFPs registered in the vCare system as of 9/15 are to be configured via the new vCare HTTP protocol. All supported MFPs will be configured for one-way HTTP communication: •bizhub C220, C280, C360 •bizhub C452, C552, C652, C552DS, C652DS •bizhub PRO 950 •bizhub PRO 1200, 1200P, 1051 •bizhub PRO C5500, C5501, C6500, C6501

Solution Setup instructions for vCare HTTP can be downloaded from http://www.mykonicaminolta.com . Navigate to Products " Product ReferenceMaterials. Select Application Solutions " bizhub vCare " Manuals " Installation Manuals. Choose the vCare HTTP setup instructions from the list ofdocuments presented. For assistance configuring MFPs for HTTP communication,call the SSD Hotline at 800-825-5664. The attached “vCare HTTP Guides ver 1.5.zip” contains the vCare HTTP Setup Instructions for the currently supported models. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS


DescriptionMachine reset returns the machine to full color instead the color choice set as initial color.

Solution CAUSE:Machine is set to reset to full auto instead of initial settings. SOLUTION:Set the machine to reset to initial settings instead of full auto.To set the machine to reset to initial settings, perform the following: 1.Press the Utility button. 2. Select User Setting. 3.Select System Setting. 4.Select Reset Setting. 5.Select Mode Reset Setting and change the functionality of the reset button to Initialize and exit screens.

137



SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-2411, C-2412, C-2413 or C-2414 at power up or intermittently. Codes may be indicated when performing the drum adjustments.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.OPEN ICP15, 12V DCfuse (fuse type =ICP-S1.0) on the Printer Control Board (Printer Control Unit). Check the fuse on the PRCB and replace the board as necessary (p/n A03U R759 11). 2. Failed TCR Sensor. Replace the Toner Density Sensor (p/n A03U M508 01) for the Developing Unit indicated by the failure code. Failure Code Related TCR Sensor C-2411 Yellow TCR Sensor C-2412 Magenta TCR Sensor C-2413 Cyan TCR Sensor C-2414 Black TCR Sensor SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionEquitrac© will not print without installing a key counter.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect settings. SOLUTION: To allow printing with a key counter installed, perform the following: 1. Enter Service Mode. 2. Press Stop, 9. 3. Select Management Function. 4. Set Printer to Not Object. 5. Exit Service Mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501, staples jamming, misfiring, not pushing through sheets.

Solution

138



CAUSE: Staple unit not adjusted correctly. SOLUTION: Perform the Tilt/Gap adjustment to correct staple alignment. The attached document shows the procedures for this adjustment as listed in theSD-501 Service Manual. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description No warm up completion. Intermittent fuser abnormality code (C35xx - C39xx).

Solution CAUSE:Fusing unit will no longer make a proper electrical connection because it has been improperly installed.The wiring connector on the fusing unit hasbeen damaged and the receiver wiringon the mainbody side of the connection has been damaged. SOLUTION:Replace the following parts: Fixing power source wiring/2 -p/n A03U N106 01 AC driving wire - p/n A03U N118 01 WARNING : When C35xx, C38xx or C39xx (fusing temperature related abnormality) occurs, be sure to repair/replacethefailed part generating the codebefore setting the Service mode software DIPSW3-1 to 0. Ifsoftware DIPSW 3-1 is set to 0 without correcting the cause of the error, a fire mayoccur. Pleaserefer to attached procedure. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-C130 (CC130) after replacing the OACB from another machine.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The OACB or PRCB has been replaced, but firmware has not been flashed to the new boards. Restart machine while holding down the "Utility" key to enter Service mode. When in Service mode, flash the firmware. 2. The OACB or PRCB was installed from a non-matching model. For example the OACB has been removed from a bizhub PRO C5500 and installed in abizhub PRO C6500. The OACB has the same part number for both machines but, once installed and firmware has been flashed, the board is nowmodel-specific. Install a new OACB (p/n A03U H010 5A) or PRCB (p/n A03U R759 00). 3. The NVRAM is not installed or itmay bedamaged. The operation paneldisplay is in Spanish (see attached example). Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Install NVRAM or contact SSD Hotline if the NVRAM is damaged and needs replacement. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPF-601/PF-602, the paper trays are reading B5 size paper when 11x17 is installed.

Solution CAUSE:The PF unitVR is out of adjustment. SOLUTION:Adjust the VR on the PF unit viathe little cut out/hole near the VR.The VR should be aligned with the black marking and the side guide arrowshould be positioned at the B5 marking. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


Description

139



C-2470 (C2470)after a jam is cleared from inside MFP engine. There may be a "Close front door" message indicated.

Solution CAUSE: Processing unit not connected. SOLUTION:Open front door and pull out processing unit by handles. Slide processing unit back into machine noting if it slides smoothly (check forobstructions if not smooth). Close front door.Replace PRCB (p/n A03U R759 11) if code does not clear. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, Fold and Staple is grayed out when Application Output is selected.

Solution CAUSE: Saddle stitch is isolated. SOLUTION: Please set DipSW 7, bit 0 = 0. Note : This DipSW is for the SD saddle stitch isolation, however, it effects the FS-607 even though there is no SD in the configuration. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-D0EF code.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. HD-506 has been enabled but is not installed. Set DipSW 2, Bit 0 to 0. This will disable the HD-506. 2. HD-506 unit abnormality. To temporarily use the machine, set DipSW 2, Bit 0 to 0. This will disable the HD-506, and replace the HD-506 unit (p/n A03Y0Y0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to scan to HDD.

Solution CAUSE: HDD function is prohibited. SOLUTION: To enable HDD, perform the following: 1. Select Utility\Counter. 2. Select Machine Admin. Setting. 3. Select System Setting. 4. Select Operation Prohibit Set. 5. Select Scanner Prohibit Setting. 6. Select Permission next to the HDD tab. 7. Exit the Administrator mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionHow to enable jam code display.

Solution

140



To enable jam code display, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Press Stop-0-0-Stop-0-1. 3. Touch [03 System Setting] on the touchscreen. 4. Touch [01 Software SW Setting] on the touchscreen. 5. Use the left up-down arrow to input DIPSW number [11]. 6. Use the right up-down arrow to input bit number [7]. 7. Touch [ON] on the touchscreen. 8. Touch [Return] on the touchscreen. 9. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. 10. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. Note : Making this change to the software switches will allow both a position code and a J-code reference to be displayed any time a jam occurs. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to print when the dust proof filter/1 life count is reached.

Solution CAUSE: The software switch which controls machine functionality when the dust proof filter/1 life count is reached is set to Prohibit. SOLUTION: To allow the machine to print when the dust proof filter/1 life count is reached, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Press Stop-0-0-Stop-0-1. 3. Touch [03 System Setting] on the touchscreen. 4. Touch [01 Software SW Setting] on the touchscreen. 5. Use the left up-down arrow to input DIPSW number [5]. 6. Use the right up-down arrow to input bit number [7]. 7. Touch [OFF] on the touchscreen. 8. Touch [Return] on the touchscreen. 9. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. 10. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to update firmware using a USB jump drive.

Solution CAUSE: The file structure for the firmware on the jump drive is incorrect. SOLUTION: To create the correct folder structure, download the attached file.This will extract into a PRO_C6500 folderwhich contains the necessary foldersand file for the USB jump drive firmware update. The file can also be obtained via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD WebSupport (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLU-202, intermittent J-1502 codes.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Failed LU exit sensor (PS107). Check the operation of (PS107) using I/O check mode by entering code 20 multi-code 0. he display should be 001 when paper is present and 000 when nopaper is present. Replace the LU exit sensor (p/n 56AA 8552 1) if it is not displaying the correct state. 2.Failed pre-registration clutch (MC102). Check the operation of (MC102) using I/O check mode by entering code 22 multi-code 5. Replace the pre-registration clutch (p/n 56AA 8201 2) if it is notbeing activated in I/O mode. 3.Loose or damaged connector between (PS107) and the LUDB. Replace failed LUDB (p/n A03W H010 02).

141



4.Loose or damaged connector between (MC102) and the LUDB. Replace failed LUDB (p/n A03W H010 02). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


Description C-2221 (C2221).

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The terminal for the first transfer pressure/release sensor is not connected properly. Reconnect the terminal. 2.Failed PS15 (p/n 08AA 8551 2). Test photosensor, PS15, in the I/O State Confirmation Mode, 48-0HIGH = home position or LOW = Other than home position by activating M19 (p/n 08AA8003 0) transfer pressure/release motor, 48-0, 48-1, 48-2, or 48-3. Replace thephotosensor or motor as needed. 3. Possiblefailed Transfer/Pressure Release motor (M19). Check the operation of the motor(p/n 08AA 8003 0) in the I/O State confirmation mode for proper operation with code 48-0; this should rotate the motorconstantly. Replace motorif needed. Also check for possibleopen ICP fuses, ICP3 (5V DC)and ICP4 (24V DC) on the AC drive board (p/n A03U H520 01). Replace the drive board as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionBlur on lead edge when running 12pt or similar heavy stock.

Solution CAUSE: The Conveyance Drive Board has failed. SOLUTION: Replace the CDB (p/n A03U H050 04) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSD-501, C-7771.

Solution CAUSE: The bundle press does not find home. SOLUTION: Replace theBundle Press home position sensor PS36 (p/n 08AA 8551-2). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhen FS-607 booklet tray is full, printing does not stop.

Solution CAUSE: Firmware update required. SOLUTION: Please update to firmware version 40 or greater. The latest version of firmware, system software or print drivers is available via the KonicaMinolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'.

142




DescriptionIntermittent C-0201 (C0201), C-0202 (C0202) and C-0203 (C0203)paper lift error codes.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The trail edge paper guide (p/n A03U R756 00) may not be pressed against the paper. This will allow the paper to fall backwards and induce the error code.

Instruct the end user to check the position of the trail edge paper guide whenever paper is loaded into the paper tray. 2. Coupling for the tray lift for Tray 1, Tray 2 or Tray 3 is obstructed or out of alignment causing the tray to not lift. Inspect the coupler in the back of the machine for paper preventing the pin from seating in the coupler. Check alignment when tray is inserted. If out ofalignment try to adjust the drive to properly align. 3. Cassette drive lift motor failed. Check drive lift motor operation for the problem cassette. Tray 1 lift motor M38 I/O mode check 23-0 Tray 2 lift motor M39 I/O mode check 23-1 Tray 3 lift motor M40 I/O mode check 23-2 Replace the failed cassete drive motor (p/n 56AA 8003 1). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca/Jim Behrends/Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


Description"Please Insert Tray" message on the control panel and theMFP will not copy or print.

Solution CAUSE: When the "Please Insert Tray" message appears, copying and printing operations cannot be performed until all paper trays are inserted. SOLUTION: Insert all paper trays. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to use the DF-609 in Scan mode.

Solution CAUSE: The DF-609 is not selected in the Scan Initial Settings. SOLUTION: Select the DF-609 in the Scan Initial Settings. 1.Press the Utility button. 2.Select User Settings. 3.Select Initial Settings. 4.Select Scan Initial Settings. 5.Select ADF. 6.Select OK. 7.Exit User mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description

143



C-2424 (C2424) code.

Solution After the black developer was replaced. CAUSE: Toner Density Sensor initial was not performed. SOLUTION: Perform the Toner Density Sensor Initial adjust by entering Service Mode and performing the following: 1.Select Process Adjustment. 2.Select Drum Peculiarity Adjustment. 3.Select Toner Density Sensor Init. 4.Select Black and press Start. 5.When completed exit the screen and mode. The color registration is off 1mm whenprinting the printer gamma sensor output pattern.Look for avoid between the pure black strip and the process blackon the top margin. CAUSE:TCR/K is reading LOW. SOLUTION: Please perform the following adjustments in order: Manual color registration adjustment Auto gamma adjustment Manual color registration adjustment again Color registration adjustment SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD and Tom Ingham, Docutek Imaging Solutions/Deerfield Beach, FL


DescriptionSC22-11, SC22-12, SC22-13 or SC22-14 errors and the drum fails to rotate.

Solution CAUSE: Cleaning blade damage or Drum Drive board (PRCB) has failed. SOLUTION:Check the Drum Drive board for a failed ICP1 or ICP2.IfICPs are OPEN replace the Drum Drive board(p/n A03U R759 00) . Also, replace thedrum unitdue to probable cleaning blade damage. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6833 for more information. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® mustbe installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionOn a vCare-enabled MFP, the start button continually flashes amber.

Solution CAUSE: Thisoccurs if a technician did not press the "Maintenance Completion" button when exiting the MFP’s vCare/CS Remote Care settings in Tech RepMode. This isa normal function, which alerts the vCare system that vCare settings have been configured at the MFP, but may not have been fully completed. SOLUTION: If the blinking start key is related to vCare/CS Remote Care settings, use this proceudre: 1.Enter the MFP's Tech Rep mode: Press theUtility/Counter button. Press the[Details] button Press Stop, 0. 0,, Stop, 0, 1. 2. Press [CS Remote Care]. 3. Press the "Maintenance Completion" button. 4.Exit Tech Rep mode. Note: For certain MFP models, this symptom also canoccur when it necessary to replace a board.Consult the Field Service Manual and this Knowledgebaseif the symptom is not related to vCare/CSRC settings. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD

144




DescriptionWhen Coated GL or ML is selected for Tray 4 or Tray 5, the machine stays in dehumidfy mode for a longer than normal time.

Solution CAUSE: The machine has early firmware. SOLUTION: Flash the machine to the latest version firmware. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta DownloadSelector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : To enable printing during dehumdification set softwareSW 18-4 to 1. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to select Account Track to change to Manage. Account Track is grayed out.

Solution CAUSE: User Authentication is set to ON (external controller). SOLUTION: This is normal with User Authentication set this way. If Account Track is needed the customer will have to set User Authentication to ON (MFP)and register the users manually. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD



Solution CAUSE: Possibleopen ICPon the scanner drive board. SOLUTION: Check for a bind in the scanner by manually moving the scanner andcorrect as necessary. Check the operation of the Optical Drivemotor, M1 (38-5 =home position search) and the Home Position Sensor PS1 (30-0 = 1)in the I/O State ConfirmationMode. Check foropen ICPs (ICP1, ICP2 or ICP3) on the scanner drive board. Replace the SCDB (p/n 65AA -907 1E) and the M1 (p/n 65AA 8013 1)ifnecessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


Description"Now warming up" message remains on the display.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the heat lamps has failed. Use an ohm meter and check each of the 3 upperlamps (p/n A03U M31E 00)and 1 lower heat lamp (p/n A03U M32E 00)for continuity. If any fail the test,replace the lamp. 2. PWB-PRCB has failed. Replace the PWB-PRCB (p/n A03U R759 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by John Miller, Workgroup/SSD and Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD



145



Solution CAUSE:No power to the CCD board. ICP1, 5V DCsupply to the CDD unitand/or ICP2, 12V DC supplyto the CCD unitare OPEN (both located on the Imageprocessing board). SOLUTION: Check the wiring to the CCD to be sure there is no short. Replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 28). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


Description After entering "Full Screen" mode in Image Viewer by selecting "Edit => Full Screen", there is no way to get out of Full Screen mode as the menu tool baris not accessible.

Solution CAUSE: When entering Full Screen mode, the menu bar is gone and cannot be disabled through a menu selection. SOLUTION: Full Screen mode can also be enabled using a hot key. The hot key to enable or disable Full Screen mode is F11. To get out of Full Screenmode, press F11 again. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionThe ROM version checkis invalid on the machine display when using the USB flash drive methodfor updating the firmware.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The downloaded file is corrupt. Download the file again making certain that the folder structure is correct on the flash drive. 2.The sum file was not included when the firmware file was placed on the flash drive. The file will work but cannot be checked. Both the bin and sum files should show on the display. It is recommended that the sum file be placed on the flashdrive so that the file can be verified. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionTray 1 is grayed out.

Solution CAUSE: The paper tray has been deactivated using the faulty part isolation in the Software SW setting mode. SOLUTION: To activate the paper tray in the Software SW setting mode, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility/Counter key. 2. Press Stop-0-0-Stop-0-1. 3. Touch [03 System Setting] on the touchscreen. 4. Touch [01 Software SW Setting] on the touchscreen. 5. Use the left up-down arrow to input DIPSW number [18]. 6. Use the right up-down arrow to input bit number [0]. 7. Touch [OFF] on the touchscreen to remove Tray 1 from the isolation mode. 8. Touch [Return] on the touchscreen. 9. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. 10. Touch [Exit] on the touchscreen. Note : Paper trays will be deactivated automatically if the customer selects the option to continue when a tray SC code appears. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD

146




DescriptionC-2702, C-2703, C-2704.

Solution CAUSE: A failed HV power source/1. SOLUTION: Replace HV power source/1 (p/n A03U M403 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to feed from LCT when printing unless the LCT is manually selected.

Solution CAUSE: The LCT is not included in the ATS/APS selection. SOLUTION: Set the LCT in the ATS/APS selection and assign its priority. To Set the LCT in the ATS/APS selection, perform the following: 1. Press the [Utility/Counter] button. 2. Select [User Setting]. 3. Select [System Setting]. 4. Select [Feed Tray Setting]. 5. Select [Feed Tray Auto Setting]. 6. Select [Tray 4]. 7. Set tray 4 priority using the Up/Down arrow. 8. Select [OK]. 9. Exit the User Setting mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-503, will not staple.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The box that catches all the staple trimmings is not installed or, is not installed properly. Note : A staple cartridge with a red dot is displayed when the details icon is selected. Inspect the metal sensor actuator at the rear of the box and insure that it is not bent. Insert the box fully and secure with the locking bracket. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Moeller, Production Print/SSD 2. Modified parts are available to prevent staple failure. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6656 for the details. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® mustbe installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


DescriptionUnable to browse to orPING the machine (main body) NIC.

Solution CAUSE: The machine NIC setting is set to disable. SOLUTION: Enable the machine NIC by setting DIPSW 22-0 to 1. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD

147




DescriptionFS-607, paper empty is displayed, even though the PI-502 tray is not empty.

Solution CAUSE: Firmware bug. SOLUTION: Upgrade to the most current versionof firmware.The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta DownloadSelector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-1532 (1532).

Solution CAUSE: No change of statecan be read atPS63. SOLUTION: Check for broken or frayed wires in the M63 wire harness from rear of PB-501 to stacking unit. The damaged wires may have also damaged thePB Drive Board (p/n A075H02002). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLS-501/502 not recognized and machine will not come to ready, indicates "Warming Up".

Solution CAUSE: Failed DC Power Supply on LU unit. SOLUTION: Replace DCPS (p/n 15AV 8451 1). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionMain body will not come to Ready; indicates "Warming Up" after removing finishers.

Solution CAUSE: RU-503/RU-504 is installed on main body with no finishers attached after it. The main body will not come to Ready if it detects an RU and no finisherbecause it cannot detect an exit trayfor output. SOLUTION: Remove the RU unit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPI-502, J-7249.

Solution CAUSE: The paper entrance sensor/Up, PS201 (page 4 of the PI-502Parts Manual - p/n 08AA 8551 2) does not turn ON within a specified period of timeafter the conveyance clutch/Up, MC201 (page 2 of the PI-502 Parts Manual -p/n 13QN 8201 1) turns ON. SOLUTION: Open the PI upper door and remove jammed paper, if any. Checksensor PS201 in the I/O state confirmation mode, code 72-49, and theconveyance clutch, MC201, code 72-84, for proper operation and replace parts as necessary. Note : See the Parts Layout Drawing, PI section, page 604 of the Field Service Manual for a general location of these parts. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD

148





Solution CAUSE: The FNS entrance sensor (PS4) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the paper entrance sensor/Up (PS201) turns ON. SOLUTION: Open the PI upper door and remove jammed paper if any. Checksensor PS4 (page 3 of the FS-607 Parts Manual “CONVEYANCE UNIT” -p/n13QA 8552 1) in the state confirmation I/O mode, code 72-2, andsensor PS201 (page 4 of the PI-502Parts Manual -p/n 08AA 8551 2) state confirmation code72-49, for proper operation and replace parts as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD



Solution CAUSE: The finisher entrance sensor (PS4) does not turn ON within a specified period of time after the paper entrance sensor/Lw (PS206) turns ON. SOLUTION: Open the PI upper door and remove jammed paper if any. Checksensor PS4 (page 3 of the FS-607 Parts Manual “CONVEYANCE UNIT”- p/n13QA 8552 1) in the state confirmation I/O mode, code 72-2 andsensor PS206 (page 4 of the PI-502 Parts Manual, p/n 08AA 8551 2) state confirmation code72-50, for proper operation and replace parts as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionCannot enter Service Mode through Utility menu or by recycling the sub power switch while holding Utility button after machine displays C-35xx code.

Solution CAUSE: Lower fuser roller is in the upper position. SOLUTION: Drop lower fuser roller into low position and recycle power. Note : The Service modeis inaccessible byentering Utility => Stop => 0 => Stop => 0 => 0 => 1. This is to prevent accidental reset of thecode and causing additional damage to the machine. To reset a fuser abnormality code, perform the following: a. Power the machine OFF from the main switch leaving the sub switch ON. b. Press the utility Key and power ON the machine from the main switch. c. Enter Stop => 0 =>0 => Stop =>0 => 1. d. Press [03 System Setting] on the touchscreen. e. Press [01 Software SW setting] on the touchscreen. f.Press the left up-arrow, which is displayed on the touchscreen, 2 times. The number displayed above the up-arrow will change to 03. g. Select the bit number of switch 1, using the right up-arrow, 03-1 will be indicated. h. Press the [Return] key, which is displayed on the touchscreen. i. Exit Service mode to return to normal operation. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLines on the touch panel screen.

Solution CAUSE: The Overall Control Board has failed. SOLUTION: Replace the OACB (A03U H010 5A). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio/Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD

149




DescriptionWhen OT-502 is connected, if custom size job is printed, the machine requests to press the start key at each paper exit.



DescriptionIf interrupt copy is performed during printing and a jam occurs or the interrupting copy job is deleted, the controller locks up indicating “Printing” on CommandWorkStation™.



DescriptionRU-503/RU-504, C-1434 (C1434).Unable toflash firmware to RU.

Solution CAUSE: Therelay unit control board has failed. SOLUTION: Replace therelay unit control board (p/n 4038 1027 04). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD



Solution CAUSE:Drive is lost to fuser. SOLUTION:Parts that may require replacement: Broken fuser drive gear /B 28T (p/n A03U808201) Failedfuser drive motor M29 (p/n 27LA 8003 2E) Failed CVB (p/n A03U H050 04) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLS-501/LS-502/LS-505, C1203 (C-1203)or C1204 (C-1204) at power up.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The Grip Conveyance Sensor Adjustment has not been performed.

150



Note : The LSCB may have just been replaced. Please refer to attached LSCB Update documentation. Perform the Grip Conveyance Sensor Adjustment (procedureis listed in the LS-50x section under ADJUSTMENT/SETTING/MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT).See attached procedure. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. The Holder Claw (Grip) is damaged or missing. Reinstall or replace the Holder Claw (p/n 15AV 5050 1). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch and Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPK-512, punch unit is grayed out.

Solution CAUSE:Fault Isolation dipswitch has tripped. SOLUTION:Check the Fault Isolation dipswitch 6-0 in the System Settings, 25 mode, and make sure that it is set to 0 (normal); ifset to1PK-512 functionality isunavailable. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionUnable to retrieve job history from the Web utility when the machine is off.

Solution CAUSE: HD-506 is not installed and the Job history function is disabled. SOLUTION: Install the HD-506 and enable the job history function. Turn on the job history function by setting 100,000, 500,000, or 1,000,000 jobs to bestored. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionController is calling for incorrect paper size when inserting tabs.

Solution CAUSE: Firmware bug. SOLUTION: Install version GCE41 special firmware. Note :The firmware is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector..1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com 2. Select the "Service"tab locatedat the top of the page.3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link locatedto the left.4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page.5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link locatedto the left. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BES


DescriptionC-2303 (C2303) error code.

Solution CAUSE: Transfer belt motor not spinning. PRCB failed. No 24V DC at PRCB CN384-11B and CN384-14B. SOLUTION: Replace the PRCB (p/n A03UR75900). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD

151




DescriptionLU-202 is installed and a C-0205 (C0205) erroroccurs.

Solution CAUSE:LU-202 paper trayis not lifting. There is no 24V DC at CN814 (M100 connector) when I/O check 23-5 (down) and 23-6 (up) is selected. M100 liftmotor has failed. SOLUTION: Replace M100(p/n 25AA80173). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionThe CS Remote Care tab is grayed out in Service mode.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect software SW setting. SOLUTION: Set software SW 15-5 = 1 (ON). To set the software DipSW, perform the following: 1.Enter Service mode. 2.Select System Setting. 3.Select Software SW Setting. 4.Set software SW 15-5 = 1 (ON). 5.Exit Service mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


Description"Modem error" message after upgrading firmware.

Solution CAUSE:CS Remote Careis not being used or the setting for CS Remote Care is incorrect. SOLUTION:Disable CS Remote Care or confirm that "Email" is selected if CS Remote Care is being used. To disable CS Remote Care: 1. Access Service mode. 2. CS remote => CS Remote. 3. Software Settings =>switch 15-5 = 0 (OFF). To confirm that "Email" is selected if CS Remote Care is being used: 1. Access Service mode. 2. CS remote => CS Remote. 3.Email. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionTimeout error when installing firmware.

Solution CAUSE: Timeout error may occur when installing firmware with the order of C-ROM first and then option N1 (or N2) continuously. SOLUTION: The workaround (the following examplepertains toinstalling firmware with USB memory stick): 1. Go to ISW in the Service mode. 2.Insert the USB memory stick to the service port of the MFP. 3.Choose USB Memory ISW in the display of the Service mode and make sure that the USB memory stick is recognized. 4.Choose N1 (or N2) and press Start key. Confirm the completion of the install and press Continue. 5. Choose other options and press Start key. Confirm the completion of the install and press Continue.

152



6.Choose Print Control (C) and press Start key. Confirm the completion of the install and press Continue. 7.Choose Image Control (I0) and press Start key. Confirm the completion of the install and press Exit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, intermittent SC47-05.

Solution CAUSE:Anomaly in previous mainbody firmware version. SOLUTION:Upgrade mainbody firmware to version 41. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-520/FS-521/FS-607, when printing single sided, stapling is occassionally canceled.

Solution CAUSE: Anomaly in previous mainbody firmware version. SOLUTION:Upgrade mainbody firmware to version 41. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : Please refer to attached documentation prior to firmware installation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionFS-607, when exiting custom size paper, Tray Full message is indicated before reaching the upper limit.

Solution CAUSE:Anomaly in previous version firmware. SOLUTION:Upgrademainbody firmware to minimum version 41. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta DownloadSelector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Please refer to attached Release Notes prior to firmware installation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can bedownloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionSC22-22.

Solution CAUSE: The Toner Supply Drive Board has failed. SOLUTION: Check all ICPs on the Toner Supply Drive Board. Replace board (p/n 65AA -906 1E) as required. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


Description

153



SC61-01 error.

Solution CAUSE: The Scanner Driver Board has failed. SOLUTION: Replace the Scanner Driver Board (p/n 65AA -907 1E). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


Description Unable to flash the FS-521, FD-503 or the SD-506.

Solution CAUSE: Incorrect procedure after replacing the FS-521, FD-503 or the SD-506 Control Board. SOLUTION:Afterreplacing the control board on any of these finishers,before attempting to flash it,transfer IC68 from theoriginal board to the "new" board andverify the following DipSW settings. SD-506 SW1 = OFF and SW2, 3, 4 = ON FD-503 SW1 = OFF and SW2, 3, 4 = ON FS-521 SW1, 2, 3, 4 = ON SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionThe FS-521acceptsFS-503 firmware.However,once the FS-503 firmware is installed, the FS-521 firmware cannot be loaded to correct the FS-503 firmwareinstallation.

Solution CAUSE: Firmware bug. SOLUTION:Install version 50 or higher.Once this level of firmware is installed it will be impossible to flash the FS-521 with FS-503 firmware. Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support(CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD


DescriptionMachine display willindicate "Please wait" then dashes in bottom left appear, blue stripes appear and boot sequence stops at power ON. The Konica Minoltalogo never appears.

Solution CAUSE: Reset is needed. SOLUTION: To reset: 1. Remove NVRAM from OACB and power ON the machine holding down the Utility button (Service mode access- French language). Note : Touchscreen is inoperable due to settingsin NVRAM. 2. Power machineOFF and reinstall NVRAM. 3. Power machineON normally. Note : Unplug any peripheral during this process. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


154



DescriptionC-DC20 (CDC20) code at power up.

Solution CAUSE: Corrupt firmware. SOLUTION: Update firmware to the latest level. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-4501 yellowlaser correction failureoccurs after running the "Both Sides" paper tray adjustment.

Solution CAUSE: The error occurs because the adjustment was not completed prior to running test copies. SOLUTION: To correct the problem, perform the following procedure: 1. Select the Machine icon on the control panel. 2. Select the Both Sides icon on the lower part of the control panel. 3. Input the paper tray adjustment values. 4. Select Chart Adjust. 5. Select Adjustment Start. 6. Select Close after the adjustment completes. 7. Select the Copy icon and run test copies. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD



Solution CAUSE: Possible DCPS/1 or PRCB failure. SOLUTION: Check DCPS/1, CN104 - pin 5 and CN106 - pin 5 to see if 12V DC is present. Check ICP22 on the PRCB for 12V DC. Replace theDCPS/1(p/nA03U M401 00) orthe PRCB (p/n A03U R759 00) as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD


Description Main Tray lowersbut will not raise.

Solution CAUSE: A damaged Paper Exit Detection Actuator. Note : The tray can be raised in I/O mode. SOLUTION:Replace the Paper Exit Detection Actuator (p/n 15AA 4645 0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ken Humphrey, IKON


Description Error code SC-4850 after power ON and warm up hasfinished.

Solution CAUSE: If a modem is connected to the device and

155



no CSRC configuration has been done -OR- a RAM clear has been executed on the device. SOLUTION: To correct: Set the CSRC configuration and perform an initial connection of the device -OR- disconnect the modem from the device properly if no CSRC connection is needed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU) - CSRC Team.


DescriptionACS cannot be selected in copy mode.

Solution CAUSE: The setting of Fee Collection Menu is set to [Impossible] with Reserve Job. SOLUTION: Please change the following setting: 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Press [Stop], [9] on operation panel. 3. Enter [02 Management Function] in Fee Collection Menu. 4. Select [Possible] with Reserved Job. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BES


Description "Section not found" message displayed when using Account Track User Authentication is enabled, but"not connected" is selected under Authentication Method.

Solution CAUSE: Duringsetup of User Authentication, the "Belong To" section located under User Register was left blank. This section allows the end user to log intodifferent Account Track users. SOLUTION: When setting up user authentication on the machine and linking Account Track to the User, the "Belong To" field needs to be filled out. To set up userauthentication and allow the user to log into different user accounts under Account Track, use this procedure: 1. Press the Utility key. 2. Select Machine Admin. 3. Select User Auth/Acct. Track. 4. Select User Authentication Set. 5. Select User register. 6. Select Add in User Register Section. 7. Input the user name, password, and Belong To section. 8. Select OK. Note: When the user logs into the machine he will sign in under User Auth > User Name > Password. Under Section Auth, input Section Name >Password, which was previously entered under Register User in User Authentication. At this point the user can access different account track users. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Rich Raynor, ASG/SSD


DescriptionOperation panel LCD touchscreen is jittering or blinking light/dark quickly.

Solution CAUSE: DCPS2 has failed. SOLUTION: Replace DCPS2 (p\n A03U M402 01). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD

156




DescriptionMachine continues to run after a jam occurs and will eventually cause a C-xxx code.

Solution CAUSE: DIPsw 12-2 is set to "1" (OFF). SOLUTION: Set DIPsw 12-2 to " 0" (ON). DPSW 12-2 controls all jam sensors for the main body and, by default, it is set to"0" (ON) state which enables thejam sensors. This should only be set to"1" (OFF) for testing/troubleshooting purposes, and should be immediately set back to its default "0" (ON) state whencomplete. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionVertical lines are displayed spaced at .5 inches on the operation panel touchscreen.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The OACB has failed. Note : The operation panel has been replaced. Replace the OACB (p/n A03U H010 5A). 2. DCPS/1 has failed. Replace DCPS/1 (p/n A03U M401 00). 3.Power supplied to theMFP is inadequate. When the fusing unit heat lamps turn on, there ishigh current drawand the supplied power degrades to the pointthat itmay cause erratic operation andcontrol panel issues. Use a meter and verify that eachside of the outlet has 105V AC to 120V AC. If this is not the case, request the outlet be checked by an electrician. Note : Power requirements: 208V ACto 240V AC,60Hz, 16A, (dedicated line) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio/Gary Scimeca/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-C104 (CC104) at power up.

Solution CAUSE: ISW abnormality. Printer Control program is not detected. SOLUTION: Flash the Printer Control program. Replace the PRCB if necessary (p/n A03U R759 11). Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support(CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionLU-202, J15-01.

Solution CAUSE: Failed LU Drive Board. SOLUTION: Check the voltages going to the feed clutch, the pickup solenoid and the shutter solenoid. Check ICP5 on the LU Drive Board.Ifthe ICP is OPENreplace the LCT board assembly(p/n A03W H010 13). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD

157




DescriptionFS-503, "Please close finisher door" message.

Solution CAUSE:PossibleOPEN ICP3 on the finisher drive board (p/n 15AA -932 2F)and/orbound orfailed M1 motor (p/n 27LA 8003 2E). SOLUTION: Check motor in the I/O state confirmation mode for binds. Check ICP fuse for 24V DCon both sides. If no 24V DCthen the ICP is OPEN.Replacethe drive board and/or the M1 motor as needed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionThe alarms for the waste toner box and waste toner box recovery are not sent to the CSRC host correctly.

Solution CAUSE: Firmware update required. SOLUTION: Special Image Control Firmware Version GCJ-50 is available to correct this issue. The file can be downloadedvia the Konica Minolta DownloadSelector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Please refer toattached Release Notes prior to firmware installation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free fromthe Adobe® web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .


Description FS-521, “Removepaper from the Main tray” message. There is no paper in the Main tray.

Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The tray position sensor (Top) detects the incorrect position of the paper ejection paddle of Main tray.A firmware update is required. As a temporary countermeasure, openthe front door of the finisher. The paddle is then rotated by initializing the FS-521. As a result,the incorrectmessage isno longer indicated. A firmware release is schedule by the end of 2009 to resolve this issue. 2. The FS-521 uses an LED and sensor for "tray full" detection which can be disrupted by environmental lighting.Reposition machine or light source/change lighting intensity. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPK-511/PK-512/PK-513, Punch selection button is grayed out.

Solution CAUSE: Improper DIPSW setting. SOLUTION: SetDIPSW 19-5 = 0 (Faulty Part Isolation = Normal ). Note : DIPSW 19-5 is incorrectlylabeled in the Service Manualas "Faulty part isolation: PF ".This should read "Faulty part isolation: PK ". SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS


158



DescriptionC-0322 error code after warm up or after approximately three copies.

Solution CAUSE:The ADU fan motor 2 (M67) has failed. SOLUTION:Replace the ADU fan motor 2 (p/n 56AA 8055 1). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionErratic and changing error codes.

Solution CAUSE: Damaged drum carriage connector. SOLUTION: Replace the drum carriage connector on the process carriage side (p/n A034 N111 02) and the connector on the machine frame side (p/n A03UN110 01) as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionC-3911 and C-3912 codes soon after machine power up.

Solution CAUSE: One of the upper fusing heater lamps, lamp/1 (L2), lamp/2 (L3)or lamp/3 (L4),has failed. SOLUTION: Replace the failed fuser lamp (p/n A03U M31E 00). WARNING : When C35xx, C38xx or C39xx (fusing temperature related abnormality) occurs, be sure to repair/replacethefailed part generating the codebefore setting the Service mode software DIPSW3-1 to 0. Ifsoftware DIPSW 3-1 is set to 0 without correcting the cause of the error, a fire mayoccur. Pleaserefer to attached procedure. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tom Kelly, Workgroup/SSD


Description Applied Copy/Scan defaults do not retain when using User Authentication/Account Track. For example, machine is set to default "Copy" screen selections of "200dpi" and "Color" selection is set to "Black", but when a registered user/account logsinto the machine, the "Copy" screen selections are now set to "600dpi" and "Full Color".

Solution CAUSE: A "Reset" function setting is putting the machine back to factory defaults for the authenticated user. SOLUTION: Change the function setting by selecting; Utility/Counter User Settings

159



System Settings Reset Settings Mode Reset Reset Button Function optionshould be set to Initialize, not Full Auto. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


Description"Add toner" light flashing.

Solution CAUSE: EitherToner Supply motor (M53) or DCPS/2 failed has failed. SOLUTION:Check for 24V DCat CN709of the Toner Driving Board assembly (TSDB). When 24V DC is present replace M53 (p/n 27LA 8003 2E). Check for 24V DC IN at CN704 of the TSDB (p/n 65AA -906 1E).Replace DCPS/2 (p/n A03U M402 01) when there is no 24V DCIN present at CN704. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD


Description"Please enter quantity" message. Onlyone (1) copy can be input at the display panel. All other amountsentered generate the message, and the start buttongoes from green to amber.

Solution CAUSE: Copy quantity limitDIP switches are set Incorrectly. SOLUTION: Check System settings the 25 mode.Verify thatDIP switches 9-4, 9-5, 9-6 and 9-7 and set to 0 for no limit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD

160


bizhub PRO C6501 Perfect binder failure


DescriptionC-C116 (CC116) when installing PB-501/PB-502. The Perfect Binder is not recognized by the MFP.

Solution CAUSE: Firmware upgrade required,bizhub PRO 1050 firmware loadedorincorrect PB unit installed. SOLUTION: First, verify the item number isNOT A075010 (bizhub PRO 1050 only). To upgrade firmware: 1. Verify that CN29 and DipSW 1 are set according to Installation Instructions in order for the PB-501/PB-502 to accept the firmware. The jumper for CN29 onthe PBCB must be removed and the wiring connector connected. The jumper is only used when the PB is installed on a bizhub PRO 1050. Please refer toattached documentation for details. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® website at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. Enter Tech Rep Mode by holding the Utility key when poweringON the machine. 3.Check ROM version to verify the PB-501/PB-502 is recognized by the main body. 4.For the bizhub PRO C6500, enter ISW and flash to minimum firmware level. For the bizhub PRO C6501, update the firmware using the USB drive option.The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CSExpert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : The ISW tool for the bizhub PRO C6501 does not have a PB-501 option and the PB-502 option does not recognize the PB-501. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Cesar Jimenez and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionWhat is the part number for the folder rollers? The rollers are pictured using dashed lines and no part number is given in new version of Parts Catalog.

Solution The part was taken off the list of servicable partsbecause Japan was considering making it a replaceable unit. Japan has decided against this action and theoriginal part number of 15AG-5734 0 is the correct number to use for ordering these rollers. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD


DescriptionPB-501, Clamp Unit failure.

SolutionModified parts are available to prevent Clamp Unit failure.A different type ofSupport Shaft screwisused. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6659 for thedetails. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader® must be installed. Adobe Reader® can be downloaded for free from the Adobe® web site at:http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .

161


c6501

Documents

Transcript of c6501